<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Franz.wohlkoenig</id>
	<title>Joomla! Documentation - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Franz.wohlkoenig"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/Special:Contributions/Franz.wohlkoenig"/>
	<updated>2026-05-23T18:38:40Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.0</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=User:Franz.wohlkoenig&amp;diff=994428</id>
		<title>User:Franz.wohlkoenig</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=User:Franz.wohlkoenig&amp;diff=994428"/>
		<updated>2022-11-08T08:10:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: Blanked the page&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Featured_Articles&amp;diff=989855</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menu Item: Featured Articles</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Featured_Articles&amp;diff=989855"/>
		<updated>2022-10-01T07:45:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Featured Articles menu item type is used to show all Articles that have been tagged as Featured in a Blog Layout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How To Access== &amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:166--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;rarr&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;|Menus,[name of the menu]}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:165--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To add a Menu Item:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:167--&amp;gt; click the &#039;&#039;&#039;New&#039;&#039;&#039; toolbar button.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:168--&amp;gt; click the Menu Item Type &#039;&#039;&#039;Select&#039;&#039;&#039; button.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:170--&amp;gt; select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Articles&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:262--&amp;gt; select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Featured Articles&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:171--&amp;gt; To edit a Menu Item:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:263--&amp;gt; select a &#039;&#039;&#039;Title&#039;&#039;&#039; from the list&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|screenshot}}&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Featured-Articles-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Form Fields== &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Title&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:173--&amp;gt; The title that will display for this menu item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Alias&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:174--&amp;gt; The internal name of the menu item. Normally, you can leave this blank and Joomla will fill in a default value Title in lower case and with dashes instead of spaces.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:189--&amp;gt; [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Alias&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en|Learn more.]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Details=== &amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:175--&amp;gt; Left Panel&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Menu Item Type&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:176--&amp;gt; The Menu Item Type selected when this menu item was created. This can be one of the core menu item types or a menu item type provided by an installed extension.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Link&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:177--&amp;gt; The system-generated link for this menu item. This field cannot be changed and is for information only.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Target Window&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:178--&amp;gt; Select from the dropdown list.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Template Style&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:179--&amp;gt; Select from the dropdown list.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:180--&amp;gt; Right Panel&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Menu&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:123--&amp;gt; Shows which menu the link will appear in.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|blog}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Blog Layout=== &amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:190--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Options control the appearance of the blog menu item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Featured-Articles-blog-layout-subscreen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Select Categories&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:125--&amp;gt; Select the categories you want to include in this layout. Click the &#039;X&#039; in the category box to remove category.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;# Leading Articles&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:126--&amp;gt; Number of Articles to show using the full width of the main display area. &amp;quot;0&amp;quot; means that no Articles will show when using the full width. If an Article has a &amp;quot;Read more...&amp;quot; break, only the part of the text before the break (the Intro text) will display.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Leading Article Class&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:127--&amp;gt; You can add any CSS class for your own styling ideas. Add a border on top with class boxed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;{{-}}&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:191--&amp;gt; For image position use for example image-left, image-right. Add image-alternate for alternate ordering of intro images.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;# Intro Articles&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:192--&amp;gt; Determines the number of Articles to display after the leading Article. These Articles will display in the number of columns set in the Columns parameter below. If an Article has a &amp;quot;Read more...&amp;quot; break, only the text before the break (Intro text) will display, followed by a &amp;quot;Read more...&amp;quot; link. The order in which to display the articles is determined by the Category Order and Article Order parameters below.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Article Class&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:193--&amp;gt; You can add any CSS class for your own styling ideas. Add a border on top with class boxed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;{{-}}&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:194--&amp;gt; For image position use for example image-left, image-right. Add image-alternate for alternate ordering of intro images.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;# Columns&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:128--&amp;gt; The number of columns to use in the Intro Articles area. This is normally between 1 and 3 (depending on the template you are using). If 1 is used, the Intro Articles will display using the full width of the display area, just like the Leading Articles.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Multi Column Direction&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:130--&amp;gt; In multi-column blog layouts, whether to order articles Down the columns or Across the columns.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Down&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:195--&amp;gt; Order articles going down the first column and then over to the next column, for example: &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:196--&amp;gt; article 1&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:197--&amp;gt; article 2&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:198--&amp;gt; article 4&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:199--&amp;gt; article 6&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:200--&amp;gt; article 3&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:201--&amp;gt; article 5&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:202--&amp;gt; article 7&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Across&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:203--&amp;gt; Order articles going across the columns and then back to the first column, for example: &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:204--&amp;gt; article 1&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:205--&amp;gt; article 2&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:206--&amp;gt; article 3&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:207--&amp;gt; article 4&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:208--&amp;gt; article 5&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:209--&amp;gt; article 6&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:210--&amp;gt; article 7&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;# Links&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:211--&amp;gt; The number of Links to display in the Links area of the page. These links allow a User to link to additional Articles, if there are more Articles than can fit on the first page of the Blog Layout.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Linked Intro Image&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:212--&amp;gt; If Yes, a click on the intro image shows the article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:131--&amp;gt; Category Order&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;No Order&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:213--&amp;gt; Articles are ordered only by the Article Order, without regard to Category.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Title Alphabetical&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:214--&amp;gt; Categories are displayed in alphabetical order (A to Z).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Title Reverse Alphabetical&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:215--&amp;gt; Categories are displayed in reverse alphabetical order (Z to A).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Category Order&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:216--&amp;gt; Categories are ordered according to the Order column entered in [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles:_Categories&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en&amp;lt;tvar name=2&amp;gt;#ordering&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;|Articles: Categories]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:132--&amp;gt; Article Order&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Featured Articles Order&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:217--&amp;gt; Articles are ordered according to the Order column entered in [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles:_Featured&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en&amp;lt;tvar name=2&amp;gt;#ordering&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;|Articles: Featured]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Most Recent First&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:218--&amp;gt; Articles are displayed starting with the most recent and ending with the oldest.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Oldest First&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:219--&amp;gt; Articles are displayed starting with the oldest and ending with the most recent.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Title Alphabetical&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:220--&amp;gt; Articles are displayed by Title in alphabetical order (A to Z).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Title Reverse Alphabetical&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:221--&amp;gt; Articles are displayed by Title in reverse alphabetical order (Z to A).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Author Alphabetical&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:222--&amp;gt; Articles are displayed by Author in alphabetical order (A to Z).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Author Reverse Alphabetical&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:223--&amp;gt; Articles are displayed by Author in reverse alphabetical order (Z to A).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Most Hits&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:224--&amp;gt; Articles are displayed by the number of hits, starting with the one with the most hits and ending with the one with the least hits.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Least Hits&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:225--&amp;gt; Articles are displayed by the number of hits, starting with the one with the least hits and ending with the one with the most hits.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Random Order&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:226--&amp;gt; Articles are displayed in random order.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Article Order&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:227--&amp;gt; Articles are ordered according to the Order column entered in [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en&amp;lt;tvar name=2&amp;gt;#ordering&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;|Articles]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Article Reverse Order&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:228--&amp;gt; Articles are ordered reverse to the according of the Order column entered in [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en&amp;lt;tvar name=2&amp;gt;#ordering&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;|Articles]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Date for Ordering&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:133--&amp;gt; The date used when articles are sorted by date.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Created&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:229--&amp;gt; Use the article created date.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Modified&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:230--&amp;gt; Use the article modified date.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Published&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:231--&amp;gt; Use the article start publishing date.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Unpublished&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:232--&amp;gt; Use the article unpublished date.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Pagination&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:134--&amp;gt; Pagination provides page links at the bottom of the page that allow the User to navigate to additional pages. These are needed if the Articles will not fit on one page.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Hide&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:233--&amp;gt; Pagination links not shown. Note: Users will not be able to navigate to additional pages.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Show&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:234--&amp;gt; Pagination links shown if needed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Auto&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:235--&amp;gt; Pagination links shown if needed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Pagination Summary&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:135--&amp;gt; Show the current page number and total pages (e.g., &amp;quot;Page 1 of 2&amp;quot;) at the bottom of each page.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|options}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Options=== &amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt; The Options determine how the articles will show in the blog menu item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt; Options include &amp;quot;Use Article Settings&amp;quot;. If this is selected, the setting from [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles:_Edit&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en|Articles: Edit]] will be used.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Featured-Articles-options-subscreen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt; Layout&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Title&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:136--&amp;gt; Show the Article&#039;s Title.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Linked Titles&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:137--&amp;gt; Show the title as a link to the article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:138--&amp;gt; Intro Text&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Show&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:236--&amp;gt; The Intro Text of the article will show when you drill down to the article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Hide&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:237--&amp;gt; Only the part of the article after the Read More break will show.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:139--&amp;gt; Position of Article Info&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Above&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:238--&amp;gt; Puts the article information block above the text.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Below&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:239--&amp;gt; Puts the article information block below the text.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Split&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:240--&amp;gt; Splits the article information block into 2 separate blocks. One block is above and the other is below the text.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Article Info Title&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:241--&amp;gt; Displays &#039;Details&#039; on top of the article information block.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:242--&amp;gt; Category&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Category&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:140--&amp;gt; Show the Article&#039;s Category Title.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Link Category&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:141--&amp;gt; Show the title as a link to that Category.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;{{-}}&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:243--&amp;gt; Note: You can set this to be either a blog or list layout with the [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles:_Options&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en&amp;lt;tvar name=2&amp;gt;#choosealayout&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;|Choose a Layout]] option in the Category Tab.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Parent Category&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:142--&amp;gt; Show the Article&#039;s Parent Category Title.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Link Parent Category&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:143--&amp;gt; Show the title as a link to that Category.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;{{-}}&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:244--&amp;gt; Note: You can set this to be either a blog or list layout with the [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles:_Options&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en&amp;lt;tvar name=2&amp;gt;#choosealayout&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;|Choose a Layout]] option in the Category Tab.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:245--&amp;gt; Associations&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Associations&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:144--&amp;gt; Show the associated flags or Language Code.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:246--&amp;gt; [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Multilingual_Associations&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en|Multilingual only.]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:247--&amp;gt; Author&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Author&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:145--&amp;gt; Show the author of the Article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Link to Author&#039;s Contact Page&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:146--&amp;gt; Show it as a link to a Contact layout for that author.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;{{-}}&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:248--&amp;gt; Note: The author must be set up as a [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Contacts:_Edit&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en|Contact]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:249--&amp;gt; Also, a link will not show if there is an [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles:_Edit&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en&amp;lt;tvar name=2&amp;gt;#createdbyalias&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;|Author Alias]] value for the article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:250--&amp;gt; Date&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Create Date&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:147--&amp;gt; Show the Article&#039;s create date.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Modify Date&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:148--&amp;gt; Show the Article&#039;s modify date.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Publish Date&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:149--&amp;gt; Show the Article&#039;s start publishing date.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:251--&amp;gt; Options &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Navigation&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:150--&amp;gt; Show a navigation link &#039;Prev&#039; or &#039;Next&#039; when you drill down to the article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Read More&amp;quot; Link&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:151--&amp;gt; Show the Read More link to link from the part of the article before the Read More break to the rest of the Article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:153--&amp;gt; Read More with Title&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Show&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:252--&amp;gt; The article title is part of the Read More link. The link will be in the format &amp;quot;Read More: [article title]&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Hide&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:253--&amp;gt; The link will be &amp;quot;Read more&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Hits&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:157--&amp;gt; Show the number of times the article has been displayed by a user.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Tags&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:188--&amp;gt; Show the tags for each article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:158--&amp;gt; Unauthorised Links&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Yes&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:254--&amp;gt; The Intro Text for restricted articles will show. Clicking on the Read more link will require users to log in to view the full article content.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;No&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:255--&amp;gt; Articles that the user is not authorised to view (based on the viewing access level for the article) will not show.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Integration=== &amp;lt;!--T:64--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:65--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Options determine whether a news feed will be available for the page and what information it will show.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Featured-Articles-integration-subscreen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:66--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;RSS Feed Link&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:159--&amp;gt; If set to Show, a Feed Link will show up as a feed icon in the address bar of most browsers.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:160--&amp;gt; Include in Feed&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Intro Text&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:256--&amp;gt; Only the article&#039;s intro text will show in the feed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Full Text&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:257--&amp;gt; The entire text of the article will show in the feed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Common Options=== &amp;lt;!--T:70--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help_screen_Menus_Item_common_options/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:181--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:77--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help_screen_Menus_Item_toolbar/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:185--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:91--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:92--&amp;gt; To see an example of the featured layout, install Joomla with the sample data and select the Home page.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:94--&amp;gt; Featured articles are selected using [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles:_Featured&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en|Articles: Featured]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:93--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:261--&amp;gt; To create a new Category see [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles:_Edit_Category&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en|Articles: Edit Category]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:95--&amp;gt; To create a new menu see [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Menus&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en|Menus]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;{{:Chunk4x:Help screen related Articles/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:186--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Featured_Articles&amp;diff=989854</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menu Item: Featured Articles</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Featured_Articles&amp;diff=989854"/>
		<updated>2022-10-01T07:43:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Featured Articles menu item type is used to show all Articles that have been tagged as Featured in a Blog Layout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How To Access== &amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:166--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;rarr&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;|Menus,[name of the menu]}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:165--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To add a Menu Item:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:167--&amp;gt; click the &#039;&#039;&#039;New&#039;&#039;&#039; toolbar button.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:168--&amp;gt; click the Menu Item Type &#039;&#039;&#039;Select&#039;&#039;&#039; button.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:170--&amp;gt; select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Articles&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:262--&amp;gt; select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Featured Articles&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:171--&amp;gt; To edit a Menu Item:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:263--&amp;gt; select a &#039;&#039;&#039;Title&#039;&#039;&#039; from the list&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|screenshot}}&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Featured-Articles-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Form Fields== &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Title&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:173--&amp;gt; The title that will display for this menu item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Alias&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:174--&amp;gt; The internal name of the menu item. Normally, you can leave this blank and Joomla will fill in a default value Title in lower case and with dashes instead of spaces.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:189--&amp;gt; [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Alias&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en|Learn more.]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Details=== &amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:175--&amp;gt; Left Panel&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Menu Item Type&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:176--&amp;gt; The Menu Item Type selected when this menu item was created. This can be one of the core menu item types or a menu item type provided by an installed extension.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Link&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:177--&amp;gt; The system-generated link for this menu item. This field cannot be changed and is for information only.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Target Window&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:178--&amp;gt; Select from the dropdown list.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Template Style&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:179--&amp;gt; Select from the dropdown list.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:180--&amp;gt; Right Panel&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Menu&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:123--&amp;gt; Shows which menu the link will appear in.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|blog}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Blog Layout=== &amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:190--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Options control the appearance of the blog menu item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Featured-Articles-blog-layout-subscreen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Select Categories&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:125--&amp;gt; Select the categories you want to include in this layout. Click the &#039;X&#039; in the category box to remove category.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;# Leading Articles&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:126--&amp;gt; Number of Articles to show using the full width of the main display area. &amp;quot;0&amp;quot; means that no Articles will show when using the full width. If an Article has a &amp;quot;Read more...&amp;quot; break, only the part of the text before the break (the Intro text) will display.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Leading Article Class&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:127--&amp;gt; You can add any CSS class for your own styling ideas. Add a border on top with class boxed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;{{-}}&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:191--&amp;gt; For image position use for example image-left, image-right. Add image-alternate for alternate ordering of intro images.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;# Intro Articles&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:192--&amp;gt; Determines the number of Articles to display after the leading Article. These Articles will display in the number of columns set in the Columns parameter below. If an Article has a &amp;quot;Read more...&amp;quot; break, only the text before the break (Intro text) will display, followed by a &amp;quot;Read more...&amp;quot; link. The order in which to display the articles is determined by the Category Order and Article Order parameters below.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Article Class&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:193--&amp;gt; You can add any CSS class for your own styling ideas. Add a border on top with class boxed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;{{-}}&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:194--&amp;gt; For image position use for example image-left, image-right. Add image-alternate for alternate ordering of intro images.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;# Columns&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:128--&amp;gt; The number of columns to use in the Intro Articles area. This is normally between 1 and 3 (depending on the template you are using). If 1 is used, the Intro Articles will display using the full width of the display area, just like the Leading Articles.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Multi Column Direction&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:130--&amp;gt; In multi-column blog layouts, whether to order articles Down the columns or Across the columns.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Down&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:195--&amp;gt; Order articles going down the first column and then over to the next column, for example: &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:196--&amp;gt; article 1&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:197--&amp;gt; article 2&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:198--&amp;gt; article 4&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:199--&amp;gt; article 6&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:200--&amp;gt; article 3&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:201--&amp;gt; article 5&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:202--&amp;gt; article 7&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Across&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:203--&amp;gt; Order articles going across the columns and then back to the first column, for example: &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:204--&amp;gt; article 1&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:205--&amp;gt; article 2&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:206--&amp;gt; article 3&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:207--&amp;gt; article 4&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:208--&amp;gt; article 5&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:209--&amp;gt; article 6&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:210--&amp;gt; article 7&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;# Links&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:211--&amp;gt; The number of Links to display in the Links area of the page. These links allow a User to link to additional Articles, if there are more Articles than can fit on the first page of the Blog Layout.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Linked Intro Image&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:212--&amp;gt; If Yes, a click on the intro image shows the article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:131--&amp;gt; Category Order&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;No Order&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:213--&amp;gt; Articles are ordered only by the Article Order, without regard to Category.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Title Alphabetical&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:214--&amp;gt; Categories are displayed in alphabetical order (A to Z).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Title Reverse Alphabetical&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:215--&amp;gt; Categories are displayed in reverse alphabetical order (Z to A).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Category Order&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:216--&amp;gt; Categories are ordered according to the Order column entered in [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles:_Categories&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en&amp;lt;tvar name=2&amp;gt;#ordering&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;|Articles: Categories]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:132--&amp;gt; Article Order&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Featured Articles Order&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:217--&amp;gt; Articles are ordered according to the Order column entered in [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles:_Featured&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en&amp;lt;tvar name=2&amp;gt;#ordering&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;|Articles: Featured]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Most Recent First&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:218--&amp;gt; Articles are displayed starting with the most recent and ending with the oldest.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Oldest First&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:219--&amp;gt; Articles are displayed starting with the oldest and ending with the most recent.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Title Alphabetical&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:220--&amp;gt; Articles are displayed by Title in alphabetical order (A to Z).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Title Reverse Alphabetical&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:221--&amp;gt; Articles are displayed by Title in reverse alphabetical order (Z to A).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Author Alphabetical&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:222--&amp;gt; Articles are displayed by Author in alphabetical order (A to Z).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Author Reverse Alphabetical&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:223--&amp;gt; Articles are displayed by Author in reverse alphabetical order (Z to A).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Most Hits&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:224--&amp;gt; Articles are displayed by the number of hits, starting with the one with the most hits and ending with the one with the least hits.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Least Hits&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:225--&amp;gt; Articles are displayed by the number of hits, starting with the one with the least hits and ending with the one with the most hits.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Random Order&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:226--&amp;gt; Articles are displayed in random order.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Article Order&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:227--&amp;gt; Articles are ordered according to the Order column entered in [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en&amp;lt;tvar name=2&amp;gt;#ordering&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;|Articles]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Article Reverse Order&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:228--&amp;gt; Articles are ordered reverse to the according of the Order column entered in [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en&amp;lt;tvar name=2&amp;gt;#ordering&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;|Articles]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Date for Ordering&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:133--&amp;gt; The date used when articles are sorted by date.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Created&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:229--&amp;gt; Use the article created date.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Modified&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:230--&amp;gt; Use the article modified date.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Published&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:231--&amp;gt; Use the article start publishing date.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Unpublished&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:232--&amp;gt; Use the article unpublished date.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Pagination&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:134--&amp;gt; Pagination provides page links at the bottom of the page that allow the User to navigate to additional pages. These are needed if the Articles will not fit on one page.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Hide&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:233--&amp;gt; Pagination links not shown. Note: Users will not be able to navigate to additional pages.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Show&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:234--&amp;gt; Pagination links shown if needed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Auto&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:235--&amp;gt; Pagination links shown if needed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Pagination Summary&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:135--&amp;gt; Show the current page number and total pages (e.g., &amp;quot;Page 1 of 2&amp;quot;) at the bottom of each page.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|options}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Options=== &amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt; The Options determine how the articles will show in the blog menu item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt; Options include &amp;quot;Use Article Settings&amp;quot;. If this is selected, the setting from [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles:_Edit&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en|Articles: Edit]] will be used.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Featured-Articles-options-subscreen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt; Layout&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Title&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:136--&amp;gt; Show the Article&#039;s Title.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Linked Titles&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:137--&amp;gt; Show the title as a link to the article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:138--&amp;gt; Intro Text&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Show&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:236--&amp;gt; The Intro Text of the article will show when you drill down to the article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Hide&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:237--&amp;gt; Only the part of the article after the Read More break will show.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:139--&amp;gt; Position of Article Info&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Above&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:238--&amp;gt; Puts the article information block above the text.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Below&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:239--&amp;gt; Puts the article information block below the text.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Split&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:240--&amp;gt; Splits the article information block into 2 separate blocks. One block is above and the other is below the text.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Article Info Title&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:241--&amp;gt; Displays &#039;Details&#039; on top of the article information block.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:242--&amp;gt; Category&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Category&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:140--&amp;gt; Show the Article&#039;s Category Title.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Link Category&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:141--&amp;gt; Show the title as a link to that Category.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;{{-}}&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:243--&amp;gt; Note: You can set this to be either a blog or list layout with the [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles:_Options&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en&amp;lt;tvar name=2&amp;gt;#choosealayout&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;|Choose a Layout]] option in the Category Tab.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Parent Category&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:142--&amp;gt; Show the Article&#039;s Parent Category Title.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Link Parent Category&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:143--&amp;gt; Show the title as a link to that Category.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;{{-}}&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:244--&amp;gt; Note: You can set this to be either a blog or list layout with the [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles:_Options&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en&amp;lt;tvar name=2&amp;gt;#choosealayout&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;|Choose a Layout]] option in the Category Tab.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:245--&amp;gt; Associations&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Associations&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:144--&amp;gt; Show the associated flags or Language Code.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:246--&amp;gt; [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Multilingual_Associations&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en|Multilingual only.]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:247--&amp;gt; Author&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Author&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:145--&amp;gt; Show the author of the Article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Link to Author&#039;s Contact Page&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:146--&amp;gt; Show it as a link to a Contact layout for that author.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;{{-}}&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:248--&amp;gt; Note: The author must be set up as a [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Contacts:_Edit&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en|Contact]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:249--&amp;gt; Also, a link will not show if there is an [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles:_Edit&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en&amp;lt;tvar name=2&amp;gt;#createdbyalias&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;|Author Alias]] value for the article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:250--&amp;gt; Date&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Create Date&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:147--&amp;gt; Show the Article&#039;s create date.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Modify Date&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:148--&amp;gt; Show the Article&#039;s modify date.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Publish Date&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:149--&amp;gt; Show the Article&#039;s start publishing date.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:251--&amp;gt; Options &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Navigation&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:150--&amp;gt; Show a navigation link &#039;Prev&#039; or &#039;Next&#039; when you drill down to the article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Read More&amp;quot; Link&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:151--&amp;gt; Show the Read More link to link from the part of the article before the Read More break to the rest of the Article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:153--&amp;gt; Read More with Title&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Show&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:252--&amp;gt; The article title is part of the Read More link. The link will be in the format &amp;quot;Read More: [article title]&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Hide&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:253--&amp;gt; The link will be &amp;quot;Read more&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Hits&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:157--&amp;gt; Show the number of times the article has been displayed by a user.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Tags&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:188--&amp;gt; Show the tags for each article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:158--&amp;gt; Unauthorised Links&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Yes&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:254--&amp;gt; The Intro Text for restricted articles will show. Clicking on the Read more link will require users to log in to view the full article content.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;No&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:255--&amp;gt; Articles that the user is not authorised to view (based on the viewing access level for the article) will not show.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Integration=== &amp;lt;!--T:64--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:65--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Options determine whether a news feed will be available for the page and what information it will show.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Featured-Articles-integration-subscreen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:66--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;RSS Feed Link&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:159--&amp;gt; If set to Show, a Feed Link will show up as a feed icon in the address bar of most browsers.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:160--&amp;gt; Include in Feed&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Intro Text&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:256--&amp;gt; Only the article&#039;s intro text will show in the feed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Full Text&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:257--&amp;gt; The entire text of the article will show in the feed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Common Options=== &amp;lt;!--T:70--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_Menus_Item_common_options/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:181--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:77--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_Menus_Item_toolbar/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:185--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:91--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:92--&amp;gt; To see an example of the featured layout, install Joomla with the sample data and select the Home page.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:94--&amp;gt; Featured articles are selected using [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles:_Featured&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en|Articles: Featured]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:93--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:261--&amp;gt; To create a new Category see [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles:_Edit_Category&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en|Articles: Edit Category]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:95--&amp;gt; To create a new menu see [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Menus&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en|Menus]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help screen related Articles/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:186--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Featured_Articles&amp;diff=989853</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menu Item: Featured Articles</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Featured_Articles&amp;diff=989853"/>
		<updated>2022-10-01T07:42:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Featured Articles menu item type is used to show all Articles that have been tagged as Featured in a Blog Layout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How To Access== &amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:166--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;rarr&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;|Menus,[name of the menu]}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:165--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To add a Menu Item:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:167--&amp;gt; click the &#039;&#039;&#039;New&#039;&#039;&#039; toolbar button.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:168--&amp;gt; click the Menu Item Type &#039;&#039;&#039;Select&#039;&#039;&#039; button.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:170--&amp;gt; select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Articles&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:262--&amp;gt; select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Featured Articles&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:171--&amp;gt; To edit a Menu Item:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:263--&amp;gt; select a &#039;&#039;&#039;Title&#039;&#039;&#039; from the list&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|screenshot}}&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Featured-Articles-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Form Fields== &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Title&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:173--&amp;gt; The title that will display for this menu item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Alias&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:174--&amp;gt; The internal name of the menu item. Normally, you can leave this blank and Joomla will fill in a default value Title in lower case and with dashes instead of spaces.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:189--&amp;gt; [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Alias&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en|Learn more.]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Details=== &amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:175--&amp;gt; Left Panel&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Menu Item Type&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:176--&amp;gt; The Menu Item Type selected when this menu item was created. This can be one of the core menu item types or a menu item type provided by an installed extension.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Link&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:177--&amp;gt; The system-generated link for this menu item. This field cannot be changed and is for information only.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Target Window&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:178--&amp;gt; Select from the dropdown list.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Template Style&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:179--&amp;gt; Select from the dropdown list.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:180--&amp;gt; Right Panel&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Menu&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:123--&amp;gt; Shows which menu the link will appear in.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|blog}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Blog Layout=== &amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:190--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Options control the appearance of the blog menu item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Featured-Articles-blog-layout-subscreen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Select Categories&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:125--&amp;gt; Select the categories you want to include in this layout. Click the &#039;X&#039; in the category box to remove category.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;# Leading Articles&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:126--&amp;gt; Number of Articles to show using the full width of the main display area. &amp;quot;0&amp;quot; means that no Articles will show when using the full width. If an Article has a &amp;quot;Read more...&amp;quot; break, only the part of the text before the break (the Intro text) will display.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Leading Article Class&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:127--&amp;gt; You can add any CSS class for your own styling ideas. Add a border on top with class boxed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;{{-}}&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:191--&amp;gt; For image position use for example image-left, image-right. Add image-alternate for alternate ordering of intro images.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;# Intro Articles&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:192--&amp;gt; Determines the number of Articles to display after the leading Article. These Articles will display in the number of columns set in the Columns parameter below. If an Article has a &amp;quot;Read more...&amp;quot; break, only the text before the break (Intro text) will display, followed by a &amp;quot;Read more...&amp;quot; link. The order in which to display the articles is determined by the Category Order and Article Order parameters below.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Article Class&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:193--&amp;gt; You can add any CSS class for your own styling ideas. Add a border on top with class boxed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;{{-}}&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:194--&amp;gt; For image position use for example image-left, image-right. Add image-alternate for alternate ordering of intro images.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;# Columns&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:128--&amp;gt; The number of columns to use in the Intro Articles area. This is normally between 1 and 3 (depending on the template you are using). If 1 is used, the Intro Articles will display using the full width of the display area, just like the Leading Articles.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Multi Column Direction&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:130--&amp;gt; In multi-column blog layouts, whether to order articles Down the columns or Across the columns.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Down&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:195--&amp;gt; Order articles going down the first column and then over to the next column, for example: &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:196--&amp;gt; article 1&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:197--&amp;gt; article 2&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:198--&amp;gt; article 4&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:199--&amp;gt; article 6&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:200--&amp;gt; article 3&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:201--&amp;gt; article 5&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:202--&amp;gt; article 7&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Across&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:203--&amp;gt; Order articles going across the columns and then back to the first column, for example: &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:204--&amp;gt; article 1&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:205--&amp;gt; article 2&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:206--&amp;gt; article 3&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:207--&amp;gt; article 4&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:208--&amp;gt; article 5&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:209--&amp;gt; article 6&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:210--&amp;gt; article 7&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;# Links&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:211--&amp;gt; The number of Links to display in the Links area of the page. These links allow a User to link to additional Articles, if there are more Articles than can fit on the first page of the Blog Layout.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Linked Intro Image&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:212--&amp;gt; If Yes, a click on the intro image shows the article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:131--&amp;gt; Category Order&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;No Order&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:213--&amp;gt; Articles are ordered only by the Article Order, without regard to Category.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Title Alphabetical&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:214--&amp;gt; Categories are displayed in alphabetical order (A to Z).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Title Reverse Alphabetical&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:215--&amp;gt; Categories are displayed in reverse alphabetical order (Z to A).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Category Order&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:216--&amp;gt; Categories are ordered according to the Order column entered in [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles:_Categories&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en&amp;lt;tvar name=2&amp;gt;#ordering&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;|Articles: Categories]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:132--&amp;gt; Article Order&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Featured Articles Order&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:217--&amp;gt; Articles are ordered according to the Order column entered in [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles:_Featured&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en&amp;lt;tvar name=2&amp;gt;#ordering&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;|Articles: Featured]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Most Recent First&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:218--&amp;gt; Articles are displayed starting with the most recent and ending with the oldest.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Oldest First&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:219--&amp;gt; Articles are displayed starting with the oldest and ending with the most recent.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Title Alphabetical&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:220--&amp;gt; Articles are displayed by Title in alphabetical order (A to Z).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Title Reverse Alphabetical&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:221--&amp;gt; Articles are displayed by Title in reverse alphabetical order (Z to A).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Author Alphabetical&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:222--&amp;gt; Articles are displayed by Author in alphabetical order (A to Z).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Author Reverse Alphabetical&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:223--&amp;gt; Articles are displayed by Author in reverse alphabetical order (Z to A).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Most Hits&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:224--&amp;gt; Articles are displayed by the number of hits, starting with the one with the most hits and ending with the one with the least hits.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Least Hits&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:225--&amp;gt; Articles are displayed by the number of hits, starting with the one with the least hits and ending with the one with the most hits.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Random Order&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:226--&amp;gt; Articles are displayed in random order.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Article Order&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:227--&amp;gt; Articles are ordered according to the Order column entered in [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en&amp;lt;tvar name=2&amp;gt;#ordering&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;|Articles]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Article Reverse Order&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:228--&amp;gt; Articles are ordered reverse to the according of the Order column entered in [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en&amp;lt;tvar name=2&amp;gt;#ordering&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;|Articles]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Date for Ordering&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:133--&amp;gt; The date used when articles are sorted by date.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Created&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:229--&amp;gt; Use the article created date.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Modified&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:230--&amp;gt; Use the article modified date.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Published&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:231--&amp;gt; Use the article start publishing date.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Unpublished&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:232--&amp;gt; Use the article unpublished date.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Pagination&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:134--&amp;gt; Pagination provides page links at the bottom of the page that allow the User to navigate to additional pages. These are needed if the Articles will not fit on one page.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Hide&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:233--&amp;gt; Pagination links not shown. Note: Users will not be able to navigate to additional pages.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Show&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:234--&amp;gt; Pagination links shown if needed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Auto&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:235--&amp;gt; Pagination links shown if needed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Pagination Summary&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:135--&amp;gt; Show the current page number and total pages (e.g., &amp;quot;Page 1 of 2&amp;quot;) at the bottom of each page.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|options}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Options=== &amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt; The Options determine how the articles will show in the blog menu item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt; Options include &amp;quot;Use Article Settings&amp;quot;. If this is selected, the setting from [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles:_Edit&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en|Articles: Edit]] will be used.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Featured-Articles-options-subscreen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt; Layout&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Title&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:136--&amp;gt; Show the Article&#039;s Title.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Linked Titles&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:137--&amp;gt; Show the title as a link to the article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:138--&amp;gt; Intro Text&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Show&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:236--&amp;gt; The Intro Text of the article will show when you drill down to the article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Hide&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:237--&amp;gt; Only the part of the article after the Read More break will show.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:139--&amp;gt; Position of Article Info&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Above&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:238--&amp;gt; Puts the article information block above the text.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Below&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:239--&amp;gt; Puts the article information block below the text.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Split&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:240--&amp;gt; Splits the article information block into 2 separate blocks. One block is above and the other is below the text.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Article Info Title&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:241--&amp;gt; Displays &#039;Details&#039; on top of the article information block.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:242--&amp;gt; Category&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Category&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:140--&amp;gt; Show the Article&#039;s Category Title.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Link Category&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:141--&amp;gt; Show the title as a link to that Category.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;{{-}}&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:243--&amp;gt; Note: You can set this to be either a blog or list layout with the [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles:_Options&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en&amp;lt;tvar name=2&amp;gt;#choosealayout&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;|Choose a Layout]] option in the Category Tab.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Parent Category&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:142--&amp;gt; Show the Article&#039;s Parent Category Title.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Link Parent Category&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:143--&amp;gt; Show the title as a link to that Category.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;{{-}}&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:244--&amp;gt; Note: You can set this to be either a blog or list layout with the [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles:_Options&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en&amp;lt;tvar name=2&amp;gt;#choosealayout&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;|Choose a Layout]] option in the Category Tab.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:245--&amp;gt; Associations&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Associations&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:144--&amp;gt; Show the associated flags or Language Code.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:246--&amp;gt; [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Multilingual_Associations&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en|Multilingual only.]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:247--&amp;gt; Author&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Author&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:145--&amp;gt; Show the author of the Article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Link to Author&#039;s Contact Page&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:146--&amp;gt; Show it as a link to a Contact layout for that author.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;{{-}}&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:248--&amp;gt; Note: The author must be set up as a [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Contacts:_Edit&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en|Contact]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:249--&amp;gt; Also, a link will not show if there is an [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles:_Edit&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en&amp;lt;tvar name=2&amp;gt;#createdbyalias&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;|Author Alias]] value for the article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:250--&amp;gt; Date&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Create Date&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:147--&amp;gt; Show the Article&#039;s create date.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Modify Date&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:148--&amp;gt; Show the Article&#039;s modify date.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Publish Date&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:149--&amp;gt; Show the Article&#039;s start publishing date.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:251--&amp;gt; Options &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Navigation&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:150--&amp;gt; Show a navigation link &#039;Prev&#039; or &#039;Next&#039; when you drill down to the article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Read More&amp;quot; Link&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:151--&amp;gt; Show the Read More link to link from the part of the article before the Read More break to the rest of the Article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:153--&amp;gt; Read More with Title&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Show&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:252--&amp;gt; The article title is part of the Read More link. The link will be in the format &amp;quot;Read More: [article title]&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Hide&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:253--&amp;gt; The link will be &amp;quot;Read more&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Hits&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:157--&amp;gt; Show the number of times the article has been displayed by a user.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Tags&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:188--&amp;gt; Show the tags for each article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:158--&amp;gt; Unauthorised Links&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Yes&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:254--&amp;gt; The Intro Text for restricted articles will show. Clicking on the Read more link will require users to log in to view the full article content.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;No&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:255--&amp;gt; Articles that the user is not authorised to view (based on the viewing access level for the article) will not show.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Integration=== &amp;lt;!--T:64--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:65--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Options determine whether a news feed will be available for the page and what information it will show.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Featured-Articles-integration-subscreen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:66--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:159--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;RSS Feed Link&#039;&#039;&#039;. If set to Show, a Feed Link will show up as a feed icon in the address bar of most browsers.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:160--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Include in Feed&#039;&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:256--&amp;gt; Intro Text: Only the article&#039;s intro text will show in the feed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:257--&amp;gt; Full Text: The entire text of the article will show in the feed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Common Options=== &amp;lt;!--T:70--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_Menus_Item_common_options/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:181--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:77--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_Menus_Item_toolbar/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:185--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:91--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:92--&amp;gt; To see an example of the featured layout, install Joomla with the sample data and select the Home page.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:94--&amp;gt; Featured articles are selected using [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles:_Featured&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en|Articles: Featured]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:93--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:261--&amp;gt; To create a new Category see [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles:_Edit_Category&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en|Articles: Edit Category]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:95--&amp;gt; To create a new menu see [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Menus&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en|Menus]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help screen related Articles/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:186--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Featured_Articles&amp;diff=989852</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menu Item: Featured Articles</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Featured_Articles&amp;diff=989852"/>
		<updated>2022-10-01T05:55:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Featured Articles menu item type is used to show all Articles that have been tagged as Featured in a Blog Layout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How To Access== &amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:166--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;rarr&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;|Menus,[name of the menu]}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:165--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To add a Menu Item:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:167--&amp;gt; click the &#039;&#039;&#039;New&#039;&#039;&#039; toolbar button.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:168--&amp;gt; click the Menu Item Type &#039;&#039;&#039;Select&#039;&#039;&#039; button.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:170--&amp;gt; select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Articles&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:262--&amp;gt; select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Featured Articles&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:171--&amp;gt; To edit a Menu Item:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:263--&amp;gt; select a &#039;&#039;&#039;Title&#039;&#039;&#039; from the list&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|screenshot}}&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Featured-Articles-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Form Fields== &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Title&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:173--&amp;gt; The title that will display for this menu item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Alias&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:174--&amp;gt; The internal name of the menu item. Normally, you can leave this blank and Joomla will fill in a default value Title in lower case and with dashes instead of spaces.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:189--&amp;gt; [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Alias&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en|Learn more.]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Details=== &amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:175--&amp;gt; Left Panel&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Menu Item Type&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:176--&amp;gt; The Menu Item Type selected when this menu item was created. This can be one of the core menu item types or a menu item type provided by an installed extension.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Link&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:177--&amp;gt; The system-generated link for this menu item. This field cannot be changed and is for information only.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Target Window&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:178--&amp;gt; Select from the dropdown list.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Template Style&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:179--&amp;gt; Select from the dropdown list.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:180--&amp;gt; Right Panel&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Menu&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:123--&amp;gt; Shows which menu the link will appear in.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|blog}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Blog Layout=== &amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:190--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Options control the appearance of the blog menu item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Featured-Articles-blog-layout-subscreen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Select Categories&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:125--&amp;gt; Select the categories you want to include in this layout. Click the &#039;X&#039; in the category box to remove category.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;# Leading Articles&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:126--&amp;gt; Number of Articles to show using the full width of the main display area. &amp;quot;0&amp;quot; means that no Articles will show when using the full width. If an Article has a &amp;quot;Read more...&amp;quot; break, only the part of the text before the break (the Intro text) will display.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Leading Article Class&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:127--&amp;gt; You can add any CSS class for your own styling ideas. Add a border on top with class boxed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;{{-}}&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:191--&amp;gt; For image position use for example image-left, image-right. Add image-alternate for alternate ordering of intro images.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;# Intro Articles&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:192--&amp;gt; Determines the number of Articles to display after the leading Article. These Articles will display in the number of columns set in the Columns parameter below. If an Article has a &amp;quot;Read more...&amp;quot; break, only the text before the break (Intro text) will display, followed by a &amp;quot;Read more...&amp;quot; link. The order in which to display the articles is determined by the Category Order and Article Order parameters below.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Article Class&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:193--&amp;gt; You can add any CSS class for your own styling ideas. Add a border on top with class boxed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;{{-}}&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:194--&amp;gt; For image position use for example image-left, image-right. Add image-alternate for alternate ordering of intro images.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;# Columns&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:128--&amp;gt; The number of columns to use in the Intro Articles area. This is normally between 1 and 3 (depending on the template you are using). If 1 is used, the Intro Articles will display using the full width of the display area, just like the Leading Articles.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Multi Column Direction&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:130--&amp;gt; In multi-column blog layouts, whether to order articles Down the columns or Across the columns.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Down&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:195--&amp;gt; Order articles going down the first column and then over to the next column, for example: &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:196--&amp;gt; article 1&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:197--&amp;gt; article 2&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:198--&amp;gt; article 4&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:199--&amp;gt; article 6&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:200--&amp;gt; article 3&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:201--&amp;gt; article 5&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:202--&amp;gt; article 7&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Across&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:203--&amp;gt; Order articles going across the columns and then back to the first column, for example: &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:204--&amp;gt; article 1&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:205--&amp;gt; article 2&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:206--&amp;gt; article 3&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:207--&amp;gt; article 4&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:208--&amp;gt; article 5&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:209--&amp;gt; article 6&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:210--&amp;gt; article 7&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;# Links&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:211--&amp;gt; The number of Links to display in the Links area of the page. These links allow a User to link to additional Articles, if there are more Articles than can fit on the first page of the Blog Layout.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Linked Intro Image&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:212--&amp;gt; If Yes, a click on the intro image shows the article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:131--&amp;gt; Category Order&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;No Order&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:213--&amp;gt; Articles are ordered only by the Article Order, without regard to Category.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Title Alphabetical&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:214--&amp;gt; Categories are displayed in alphabetical order (A to Z).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Title Reverse Alphabetical&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:215--&amp;gt; Categories are displayed in reverse alphabetical order (Z to A).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Category Order&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:216--&amp;gt; Categories are ordered according to the Order column entered in [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles:_Categories&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en&amp;lt;tvar name=2&amp;gt;#ordering&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;|Articles: Categories]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:132--&amp;gt; Article Order&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Featured Articles Order&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:217--&amp;gt; Articles are ordered according to the Order column entered in [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles:_Featured&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en&amp;lt;tvar name=2&amp;gt;#ordering&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;|Articles: Featured]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Most Recent First&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:218--&amp;gt; Articles are displayed starting with the most recent and ending with the oldest.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Oldest First&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:219--&amp;gt; Articles are displayed starting with the oldest and ending with the most recent.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Title Alphabetical&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:220--&amp;gt; Articles are displayed by Title in alphabetical order (A to Z).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Title Reverse Alphabetical&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:221--&amp;gt; Articles are displayed by Title in reverse alphabetical order (Z to A).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Author Alphabetical&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:222--&amp;gt; Articles are displayed by Author in alphabetical order (A to Z).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Author Reverse Alphabetical&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:223--&amp;gt; Articles are displayed by Author in reverse alphabetical order (Z to A).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Most Hits&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:224--&amp;gt; Articles are displayed by the number of hits, starting with the one with the most hits and ending with the one with the least hits.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Least Hits&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:225--&amp;gt; Articles are displayed by the number of hits, starting with the one with the least hits and ending with the one with the most hits.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Random Order&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:226--&amp;gt; Articles are displayed in random order.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Article Order&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:227--&amp;gt; Articles are ordered according to the Order column entered in [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en&amp;lt;tvar name=2&amp;gt;#ordering&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;|Articles]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Article Reverse Order&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:228--&amp;gt; Articles are ordered reverse to the according of the Order column entered in [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en&amp;lt;tvar name=2&amp;gt;#ordering&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;|Articles]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Date for Ordering&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:133--&amp;gt; The date used when articles are sorted by date.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Created&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:229--&amp;gt; Use the article created date.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Modified&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:230--&amp;gt; Use the article modified date.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Published&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:231--&amp;gt; Use the article start publishing date.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Unpublished&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:232--&amp;gt; Use the article unpublished date.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Pagination&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:134--&amp;gt; Pagination provides page links at the bottom of the page that allow the User to navigate to additional pages. These are needed if the Articles will not fit on one page.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Hide&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:233--&amp;gt; Pagination links not shown. Note: Users will not be able to navigate to additional pages.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Show&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:234--&amp;gt; Pagination links shown if needed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Auto&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:235--&amp;gt; Pagination links shown if needed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Pagination Summary&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:135--&amp;gt; Show the current page number and total pages (e.g., &amp;quot;Page 1 of 2&amp;quot;) at the bottom of each page.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|options}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Options=== &amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These options determine how the articles will show in the blog layout.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Featured-Articles-options-subscreen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Options include &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;Use Article Settings&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;. If this is selected, the setting from [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles:_Edit&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en|Articles: Edit]] will be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Layout&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:136--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Title&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the Article&#039;s Title.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:137--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Linked Titles&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the title as a link to the article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:138--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Intro Text&#039;&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:236--&amp;gt; Show: The Intro Text of the article will show when you drill down to the article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:237--&amp;gt; Hide: Only the part of the article after the Read More break will show.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:139--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Position of Article Info&#039;&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:238--&amp;gt; Above: Puts the article information block above the text.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:239--&amp;gt; Below: Puts the article information block below the text.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:240--&amp;gt; Split: Splits the article information block into 2 separate blocks. One block is above and the other is below the text.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:241--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Article Info Title&#039;&#039;&#039;. Displays &#039;Details&#039; on top of the article information block.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:242--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Category&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:140--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Category&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the Article&#039;s Category Title.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:141--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Link Category&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the title as a link to that Category.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;{{-}}&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:243--&amp;gt; Note: You can set this to be either a blog or list layout with the [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles:_Options&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en&amp;lt;tvar name=2&amp;gt;#choosealayout&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;|Choose a Layout]] option in the Category Tab.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:142--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Parent Category&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the Article&#039;s Parent Category Title.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:143--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Link Parent Category&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the title as a link to that Category.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;{{-}}&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:244--&amp;gt; Note: You can set this to be either a blog or list layout with the [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles:_Options&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en&amp;lt;tvar name=2&amp;gt;#choosealayout&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;|Choose a Layout]] option in the Category Tab.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:245--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Associations&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:144--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Associations&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the associated flags or Language Code.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:246--&amp;gt; [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Multilingual_Associations&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en|Multilingual only.]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:247--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Author&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:145--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Author&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the author of the Article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:146--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Link to Author&#039;s Contact Page&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show it as a link to a Contact layout for that author.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;{{-}}&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:248--&amp;gt; Note: The author must be set up as a [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Contacts:_Edit&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en|Contact]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:249--&amp;gt; Also, a link will not show if there is an [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles:_Edit&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en&amp;lt;tvar name=2&amp;gt;#createdbyalias&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;|Author Alias]] value for the article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:250--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Date&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:147--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Create Date&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the Article&#039;s create date.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:148--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Modify Date&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the Article&#039;s modify date.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:149--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Publish Date&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the Article&#039;s start publishing date.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:251--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Options &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:150--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Navigation&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show a navigation link &#039;Prev&#039; or &#039;Next&#039; when you drill down to the article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:151--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Read More&amp;quot; Link&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the Read More link to link from the part of the article before the Read More break to the rest of the Article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:153--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Read More with Title&#039;&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:252--&amp;gt; Show: The article title is part of the Read More link. The link will be in the format &amp;quot;Read More: [article title]&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:253--&amp;gt; Hide: The link will be &amp;quot;Read more&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:157--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Hits&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the number of times the article has been displayed by a user.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:188--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Tags&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the tags for each article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:158--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Unauthorised Links&#039;&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:254--&amp;gt; Yes: The Intro Text for restricted articles will show. Clicking on the Read more link will require users to log in to view the full article content.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:255--&amp;gt; No: Articles that the user is not authorised to view (based on the viewing access level for the article) will not show.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Integration=== &amp;lt;!--T:64--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:65--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Options determine whether a news feed will be available for the page and what information it will show.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Featured-Articles-integration-subscreen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:66--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:159--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;RSS Feed Link&#039;&#039;&#039;. If set to Show, a Feed Link will show up as a feed icon in the address bar of most browsers.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:160--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Include in Feed&#039;&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:256--&amp;gt; Intro Text: Only the article&#039;s intro text will show in the feed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:257--&amp;gt; Full Text: The entire text of the article will show in the feed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Common Options=== &amp;lt;!--T:70--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_Menus_Item_common_options/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:181--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:77--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_Menus_Item_toolbar/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:185--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:91--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:92--&amp;gt; To see an example of the featured layout, install Joomla with the sample data and select the Home page.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:94--&amp;gt; Featured articles are selected using [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles:_Featured&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en|Articles: Featured]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:93--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:261--&amp;gt; To create a new Category see [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles:_Edit_Category&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en|Articles: Edit Category]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:95--&amp;gt; To create a new menu see [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Menus&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en|Menus]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help screen related Articles/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:186--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Featured_Articles&amp;diff=989851</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menu Item: Featured Articles</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Featured_Articles&amp;diff=989851"/>
		<updated>2022-10-01T05:39:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description== &amp;lt;!--T:8--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:9--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Featured Articles menu item type is used to show all Articles that have been tagged as Featured in a Blog Layout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How To Access== &amp;lt;!--T:2--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:166--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;rarr&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;|Menus,[name of the menu]}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:165--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To add a Menu Item:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:167--&amp;gt; click the &#039;&#039;&#039;New&#039;&#039;&#039; toolbar button.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:168--&amp;gt; click the Menu Item Type &#039;&#039;&#039;Select&#039;&#039;&#039; button.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:170--&amp;gt; select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Articles&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:262--&amp;gt; select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Featured Articles&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:171--&amp;gt; To edit a Menu Item:&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:263--&amp;gt; select a &#039;&#039;&#039;Title&#039;&#039;&#039; from the list&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|screenshot}}&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot== &amp;lt;!--T:10--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Featured-Articles-screen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:11--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|800px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Form Fields== &amp;lt;!--T:12--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Title&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:173--&amp;gt; The title that will display for this menu item.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Alias&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:174--&amp;gt; The internal name of the menu item. Normally, you can leave this blank and Joomla will fill in a default value Title in lower case and with dashes instead of spaces.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:189--&amp;gt; [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Alias&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en|Learn more.]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Details=== &amp;lt;!--T:13--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:175--&amp;gt; Left Panel&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Menu Item Type&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:176--&amp;gt; The Menu Item Type selected when this menu item was created. This can be one of the core menu item types or a menu item type provided by an installed extension.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Link&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:177--&amp;gt; The system-generated link for this menu item. This field cannot be changed and is for information only.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Target Window&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:178--&amp;gt; Select from the dropdown list.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Template Style&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:179--&amp;gt; Select from the dropdown list.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:180--&amp;gt; Right Panel&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;Menu&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:123--&amp;gt; Shows which menu the link will appear in.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|blog}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Blog Layout=== &amp;lt;!--T:20--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:190--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Options control the appearance of the blog layout.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Featured-Articles-blog-layout-subscreen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:22--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:125--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Select Categories&#039;&#039;&#039;. Select the categories you want to include in this layout. Click the &#039;X&#039; in the category box to remove category.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:126--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;# Leading Articles&#039;&#039;&#039;. Number of Articles to show using the full width of the main display area. &amp;quot;0&amp;quot; means that no Articles will show when using the full width. If an Article has a &amp;quot;Read more...&amp;quot; break, only the part of the text before the break (the Intro text) will display.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:127--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Leading Article Class&#039;&#039;&#039;. You can add any CSS class for your own styling ideas. Add a border on top with class boxed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;{{-}}&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:191--&amp;gt; For image position use for example image-left, image-right. Add image-alternate for alternate ordering of intro images.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:192--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;# Intro Articles&#039;&#039;&#039;. Determines the number of Articles to display after the leading Article. These Articles will display in the number of columns set in the Columns parameter below. If an Article has a &amp;quot;Read more...&amp;quot; break, only the text before the break (Intro text) will display, followed by a &amp;quot;Read more...&amp;quot; link. The order in which to display the articles is determined by the Category Order and Article Order parameters below.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:193--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Article Class&#039;&#039;&#039;. You can add any CSS class for your own styling ideas. Add a border on top with class boxed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;{{-}}&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:194--&amp;gt; For image position use for example image-left, image-right. Add image-alternate for alternate ordering of intro images.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:128--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;# Columns&#039;&#039;&#039;. The number of columns to use in the Intro Articles area. This is normally between 1 and 3 (depending on the template you are using). If 1 is used, the Intro Articles will display using the full width of the display area, just like the Leading Articles.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:130--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Multi Column Direction&#039;&#039;&#039;. In multi-column blog layouts, whether to order articles Down the columns or Across the columns.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:195--&amp;gt; Down: Order articles going down the first column and then over to the next column, for example: &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:196--&amp;gt; article 1&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:197--&amp;gt; article 2&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:198--&amp;gt; article 4&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:199--&amp;gt; article 6&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:200--&amp;gt; article 3&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:201--&amp;gt; article 5&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:202--&amp;gt; article 7&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:203--&amp;gt; Across: Order articles going across the columns and then back to the first column, for example: &amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:204--&amp;gt; article 1&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:205--&amp;gt; article 2&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:206--&amp;gt; article 3&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:207--&amp;gt; article 4&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:208--&amp;gt; article 5&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:209--&amp;gt; article 6&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:210--&amp;gt; article 7&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/ul&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:211--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;# Links&#039;&#039;&#039;. The number of Links to display in the Links area of the page. These links allow a User to link to additional Articles, if there are more Articles than can fit on the first page of the Blog Layout.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:212--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Linked Intro Image&#039;&#039;&#039;. If Yes, a click on the intro image shows the article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:131--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Category Order&#039;&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:213--&amp;gt; No Order: Articles are ordered only by the Article Order, without regard to Category.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:214--&amp;gt; Title Alphabetical: Categories are displayed in alphabetical order (A to Z).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:215--&amp;gt; Title Reverse Alphabetical: Categories are displayed in reverse alphabetical order (Z to A).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:216--&amp;gt; Category Order: Categories are ordered according to the Order column entered in [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles:_Categories&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en&amp;lt;tvar name=2&amp;gt;#ordering&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;|Articles: Categories]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:132--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Article Order&#039;&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:217--&amp;gt; Featured Articles Order: Articles are ordered according to the Order column entered in [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles:_Featured&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en&amp;lt;tvar name=2&amp;gt;#ordering&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;|Articles: Featured]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:218--&amp;gt; Most Recent First: Articles are displayed starting with the most recent and ending with the oldest.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:219--&amp;gt; Oldest First: Articles are displayed starting with the oldest and ending with the most recent.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:220--&amp;gt; Title Alphabetical: Articles are displayed by Title in alphabetical order (A to Z).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:221--&amp;gt; Title Reverse Alphabetical: Articles are displayed by Title in reverse alphabetical order (Z to A).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:222--&amp;gt; Author Alphabetical: Articles are displayed by Author in alphabetical order (A to Z).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:223--&amp;gt; Author Reverse Alphabetical: Articles are displayed by Author in reverse alphabetical order (Z to A).&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:224--&amp;gt; Most Hits: Articles are displayed by the number of hits, starting with the one with the most hits and ending with the one with the least hits.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:225--&amp;gt; Least Hits: Articles are displayed by the number of hits, starting with the one with the least hits and ending with the one with the most hits.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:226--&amp;gt; Random Order: Articles are displayed in random order.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:227--&amp;gt; Article Order: Articles are ordered according to the Order column entered in [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en&amp;lt;tvar name=2&amp;gt;#ordering&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;|Articles]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:228--&amp;gt; Article Reverse Order: Articles are ordered reverse to the according of the Order column entered in [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en&amp;lt;tvar name=2&amp;gt;#ordering&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;|Articles]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:133--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Date for Ordering&#039;&#039;&#039;. The date used when articles are sorted by date.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:229--&amp;gt; Created: Use the article created date.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:230--&amp;gt; Modified: Use the article modified date.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:231--&amp;gt; Published: Use the article start publishing date.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:232--&amp;gt; Unpublished: Use the article unpublished date.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:134--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Pagination&#039;&#039;&#039;. Pagination provides page links at the bottom of the page that allow the User to navigate to additional pages. These are needed if the Articles will not fit on one page.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:233--&amp;gt; Hide: Pagination links not shown. Note: Users will not be able to navigate to additional pages.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:234--&amp;gt; Show: Pagination links shown if needed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:235--&amp;gt; Auto: Pagination links shown if needed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:135--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Pagination Summary&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the current page number and total pages (e.g., &amp;quot;Page 1 of 2&amp;quot;) at the bottom of each page.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|options}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Options=== &amp;lt;!--T:35--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:36--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
These options determine how the articles will show in the blog layout.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Featured-Articles-options-subscreen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:37--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:40--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Options include &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;Use Article Settings&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;. If this is selected, the setting from [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles:_Edit&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en|Articles: Edit]] will be used.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:41--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Layout&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:136--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Title&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the Article&#039;s Title.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:137--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Linked Titles&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the title as a link to the article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:138--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Intro Text&#039;&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:236--&amp;gt; Show: The Intro Text of the article will show when you drill down to the article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:237--&amp;gt; Hide: Only the part of the article after the Read More break will show.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:139--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Position of Article Info&#039;&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:238--&amp;gt; Above: Puts the article information block above the text.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:239--&amp;gt; Below: Puts the article information block below the text.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:240--&amp;gt; Split: Splits the article information block into 2 separate blocks. One block is above and the other is below the text.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:241--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Article Info Title&#039;&#039;&#039;. Displays &#039;Details&#039; on top of the article information block.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:242--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Category&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:140--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Category&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the Article&#039;s Category Title.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:141--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Link Category&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the title as a link to that Category.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;{{-}}&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:243--&amp;gt; Note: You can set this to be either a blog or list layout with the [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles:_Options&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en&amp;lt;tvar name=2&amp;gt;#choosealayout&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;|Choose a Layout]] option in the Category Tab.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:142--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Parent Category&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the Article&#039;s Parent Category Title.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:143--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Link Parent Category&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the title as a link to that Category.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;{{-}}&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:244--&amp;gt; Note: You can set this to be either a blog or list layout with the [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles:_Options&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en&amp;lt;tvar name=2&amp;gt;#choosealayout&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;|Choose a Layout]] option in the Category Tab.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:245--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Associations&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:144--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Associations&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the associated flags or Language Code.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:246--&amp;gt; [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Multilingual_Associations&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en|Multilingual only.]]&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:247--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Author&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:145--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Author&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the author of the Article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:146--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Link to Author&#039;s Contact Page&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show it as a link to a Contact layout for that author.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;{{-}}&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:248--&amp;gt; Note: The author must be set up as a [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Contacts:_Edit&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en|Contact]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt; &amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:249--&amp;gt; Also, a link will not show if there is an [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles:_Edit&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en&amp;lt;tvar name=2&amp;gt;#createdbyalias&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;|Author Alias]] value for the article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:250--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Date&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:147--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Create Date&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the Article&#039;s create date.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:148--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Modify Date&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the Article&#039;s modify date.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:149--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Publish Date&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the Article&#039;s start publishing date.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:251--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Options &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:150--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Navigation&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show a navigation link &#039;Prev&#039; or &#039;Next&#039; when you drill down to the article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:151--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;Read More&amp;quot; Link&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the Read More link to link from the part of the article before the Read More break to the rest of the Article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:153--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Read More with Title&#039;&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:252--&amp;gt; Show: The article title is part of the Read More link. The link will be in the format &amp;quot;Read More: [article title]&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:253--&amp;gt; Hide: The link will be &amp;quot;Read more&amp;quot;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:157--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Hits&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the number of times the article has been displayed by a user.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:188--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Tags&#039;&#039;&#039;. Show the tags for each article.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:158--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Unauthorised Links&#039;&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:254--&amp;gt; Yes: The Intro Text for restricted articles will show. Clicking on the Read more link will require users to log in to view the full article content.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:255--&amp;gt; No: Articles that the user is not authorised to view (based on the viewing access level for the article) will not show.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Integration=== &amp;lt;!--T:64--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--T:65--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Options determine whether a news feed will be available for the page and what information it will show.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Featured-Articles-integration-subscreen-&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:66--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;.png|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:159--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;RSS Feed Link&#039;&#039;&#039;. If set to Show, a Feed Link will show up as a feed icon in the address bar of most browsers.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:160--&amp;gt; &#039;&#039;&#039;Include in Feed&#039;&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:256--&amp;gt; Intro Text: Only the article&#039;s intro text will show in the feed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:257--&amp;gt; Full Text: The entire text of the article will show in the feed.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Common Options=== &amp;lt;!--T:70--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_Menus_Item_common_options/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:181--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar== &amp;lt;!--T:77--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help_screen_Menus_Item_toolbar/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:185--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips== &amp;lt;!--T:91--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:92--&amp;gt; To see an example of the featured layout, install Joomla with the sample data and select the Home page.&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:94--&amp;gt; Featured articles are selected using [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles:_Featured&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en|Articles: Featured]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information== &amp;lt;!--T:93--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:261--&amp;gt; To create a new Category see [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Articles:_Edit_Category&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en|Articles: Edit Category]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:95--&amp;gt; To create a new menu see [[&amp;lt;tvar name=1&amp;gt;Help4.x:Menus&amp;lt;/tvar&amp;gt;/en|Menus]].&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;{{safesubst:Chunk4x:Help screen related Articles/&amp;lt;translate&amp;gt;&amp;lt;!--T:186--&amp;gt; en&amp;lt;/translate&amp;gt;}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/ru&amp;diff=989829</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menu Item: Create Article/ru</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/ru&amp;diff=989829"/>
		<updated>2022-09-30T07:14:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: Created page with &amp;quot;Нет&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Описание==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Create Article menu item allows users to submit an article via the Site interface. Normally this is available only to users who have logged in to the Frontend of the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Users must have permission to create articles. When the Create Article page is shown in the Frontend, the screen shows as examples in the [[#frontend|Frontend Screenshot]] section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Как открыть==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To add a Menu Item:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;click the &#039;&#039;&#039;New&#039;&#039;&#039; toolbar button.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;click the Menu Item Type &#039;&#039;&#039;Select&#039;&#039;&#039; button.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Articles&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Create Article&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To edit a Menu Item:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;select a &#039;&#039;&#039;Title&#039;&#039;&#039; from the list&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|screenshot}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Скриншот==&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-screen-ru.png|800px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Form Fields==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Заголовок&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The title that will display for this menu item.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Алиас&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The internal name of the menu item. Normally, you can leave this blank and Joomla will fill in a default value Title in lower case and with dashes instead of spaces.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Alias/en|Learn more.]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Подробности===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Left Panel&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Тип пункта меню&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The Menu Item Type selected when this menu item was created. This can be one of the core menu item types or a menu item type provided by an installed extension.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Ссылка&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The system-generated link for this menu item. This field cannot be changed and is for information only.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Окно браузера&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Select from the dropdown list.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Стиль шаблона&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Select from the dropdown list.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Right Panel&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Меню&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Shows which menu the link will appear in.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Параметры===&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-options-subscreen-ru.png|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Специальная категория&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**Да: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Articles will be assigned to the specified category. The user will not be able to select a category.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**Нет: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The user may select the category from the list box. Only categories for which the user has &#039;Create&#039; permission will show.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Пункт перенаправления после отправки или отмены&#039;&#039;&#039;. Выберите пункт меню, на который необходимо перенаправлять пользователя после отправки или отмены отправки материала (если не используется перенаправление после отмены в параметре ниже). По умолчанию пользователь перенаправляется на главную страницу сайта.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Перенаправлять после отмены&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**Да: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Set a page to redirect to when user Cancels article submission.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**Нет: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;When user Cancels article submission, the user is redirected to the &#039;Submission/Cancel Redirect&#039; page.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Common Options===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help_screen_Menus_Item_common_options/ru}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Панель инструментов==&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help_screen_Menus_Item_toolbar/ru}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|frontend}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Frontend Screenshots==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screenshots shows Joomla core Frontend Template &#039;&#039;&#039;Cassiopeia&#039;&#039;&#039;, all [[Help4.x:Articles:_Options/en#editinglayout|Editing Layout options]] set to &#039;Hide&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Материал&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-content-ru.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Поля&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-fields-ru.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Публикация&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-publishing-ru.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Язык&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-language-ru.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Быстрые советы==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
An unauthorised user will normally get an error if they click on a Create Article menu item. For this reason, it is normal practice to give the menu item a [[Help4.x:Users:_Viewing_Access_Levels/en|viewing Access Level]] that can only be seen by users authorised to add articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Связанная информация==&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To create a [[Help4.x:Users:_Edit_Profile/en|new user]].&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To change [[Help4.x:Articles:_Options/en#permissions|article permissions]].&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;{{:Chunk4x:Help screen related Articles/ru}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/180/ru&amp;diff=989828</id>
		<title>Translations:Help4.x:Menu Item: Create Article/180/ru</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/180/ru&amp;diff=989828"/>
		<updated>2022-09-30T07:14:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: Created page with &amp;quot;Нет&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Нет&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/179/ru&amp;diff=989827</id>
		<title>Translations:Help4.x:Menu Item: Create Article/179/ru</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/179/ru&amp;diff=989827"/>
		<updated>2022-09-30T07:13:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: Created page with &amp;quot;Да&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Да&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/ru&amp;diff=989826</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menu Item: Create Article/ru</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/ru&amp;diff=989826"/>
		<updated>2022-09-30T07:13:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Описание==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Create Article menu item allows users to submit an article via the Site interface. Normally this is available only to users who have logged in to the Frontend of the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Users must have permission to create articles. When the Create Article page is shown in the Frontend, the screen shows as examples in the [[#frontend|Frontend Screenshot]] section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Как открыть==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To add a Menu Item:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;click the &#039;&#039;&#039;New&#039;&#039;&#039; toolbar button.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;click the Menu Item Type &#039;&#039;&#039;Select&#039;&#039;&#039; button.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Articles&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Create Article&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To edit a Menu Item:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;select a &#039;&#039;&#039;Title&#039;&#039;&#039; from the list&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|screenshot}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Скриншот==&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-screen-ru.png|800px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Form Fields==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Заголовок&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The title that will display for this menu item.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Алиас&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The internal name of the menu item. Normally, you can leave this blank and Joomla will fill in a default value Title in lower case and with dashes instead of spaces.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Alias/en|Learn more.]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Подробности===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Left Panel&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Тип пункта меню&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The Menu Item Type selected when this menu item was created. This can be one of the core menu item types or a menu item type provided by an installed extension.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Ссылка&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The system-generated link for this menu item. This field cannot be changed and is for information only.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Окно браузера&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Select from the dropdown list.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Стиль шаблона&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Select from the dropdown list.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Right Panel&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Меню&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Shows which menu the link will appear in.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Параметры===&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-options-subscreen-ru.png|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Специальная категория&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**Да: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Articles will be assigned to the specified category. The user will not be able to select a category.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**Нет: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The user may select the category from the list box. Only categories for which the user has &#039;Create&#039; permission will show.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Пункт перенаправления после отправки или отмены&#039;&#039;&#039;. Выберите пункт меню, на который необходимо перенаправлять пользователя после отправки или отмены отправки материала (если не используется перенаправление после отмены в параметре ниже). По умолчанию пользователь перенаправляется на главную страницу сайта.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Перенаправлять после отмены&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Yes&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Set a page to redirect to when user Cancels article submission.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;No&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;When user Cancels article submission, the user is redirected to the &#039;Submission/Cancel Redirect&#039; page.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Common Options===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help_screen_Menus_Item_common_options/ru}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Панель инструментов==&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help_screen_Menus_Item_toolbar/ru}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|frontend}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Frontend Screenshots==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screenshots shows Joomla core Frontend Template &#039;&#039;&#039;Cassiopeia&#039;&#039;&#039;, all [[Help4.x:Articles:_Options/en#editinglayout|Editing Layout options]] set to &#039;Hide&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Материал&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-content-ru.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Поля&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-fields-ru.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Публикация&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-publishing-ru.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Язык&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-language-ru.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Быстрые советы==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
An unauthorised user will normally get an error if they click on a Create Article menu item. For this reason, it is normal practice to give the menu item a [[Help4.x:Users:_Viewing_Access_Levels/en|viewing Access Level]] that can only be seen by users authorised to add articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Связанная информация==&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To create a [[Help4.x:Users:_Edit_Profile/en|new user]].&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To change [[Help4.x:Articles:_Options/en#permissions|article permissions]].&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;{{:Chunk4x:Help screen related Articles/ru}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/161/ru&amp;diff=989825</id>
		<title>Translations:Help4.x:Menu Item: Create Article/161/ru</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/161/ru&amp;diff=989825"/>
		<updated>2022-09-30T07:13:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Перенаправлять после отмены&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/ru&amp;diff=989824</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menu Item: Create Article/ru</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/ru&amp;diff=989824"/>
		<updated>2022-09-30T07:13:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: Created page with &amp;quot;Выберите пункт меню, на который необходимо перенаправлять пользователя после отправки или отм...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Описание==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Create Article menu item allows users to submit an article via the Site interface. Normally this is available only to users who have logged in to the Frontend of the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Users must have permission to create articles. When the Create Article page is shown in the Frontend, the screen shows as examples in the [[#frontend|Frontend Screenshot]] section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Как открыть==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To add a Menu Item:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;click the &#039;&#039;&#039;New&#039;&#039;&#039; toolbar button.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;click the Menu Item Type &#039;&#039;&#039;Select&#039;&#039;&#039; button.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Articles&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Create Article&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To edit a Menu Item:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;select a &#039;&#039;&#039;Title&#039;&#039;&#039; from the list&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|screenshot}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Скриншот==&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-screen-ru.png|800px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Form Fields==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Заголовок&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The title that will display for this menu item.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Алиас&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The internal name of the menu item. Normally, you can leave this blank and Joomla will fill in a default value Title in lower case and with dashes instead of spaces.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Alias/en|Learn more.]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Подробности===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Left Panel&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Тип пункта меню&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The Menu Item Type selected when this menu item was created. This can be one of the core menu item types or a menu item type provided by an installed extension.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Ссылка&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The system-generated link for this menu item. This field cannot be changed and is for information only.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Окно браузера&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Select from the dropdown list.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Стиль шаблона&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Select from the dropdown list.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Right Panel&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Меню&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Shows which menu the link will appear in.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Параметры===&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-options-subscreen-ru.png|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Специальная категория&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**Да: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Articles will be assigned to the specified category. The user will not be able to select a category.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**Нет: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The user may select the category from the list box. Only categories for which the user has &#039;Create&#039; permission will show.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Пункт перенаправления после отправки или отмены&#039;&#039;&#039;. Выберите пункт меню, на который необходимо перенаправлять пользователя после отправки или отмены отправки материала (если не используется перенаправление после отмены в параметре ниже). По умолчанию пользователь перенаправляется на главную страницу сайта.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Перенаправлять после отмены&#039;&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Yes&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Set a page to redirect to when user Cancels article submission.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;No&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;When user Cancels article submission, the user is redirected to the &#039;Submission/Cancel Redirect&#039; page.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Common Options===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help_screen_Menus_Item_common_options/ru}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Панель инструментов==&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help_screen_Menus_Item_toolbar/ru}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|frontend}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Frontend Screenshots==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screenshots shows Joomla core Frontend Template &#039;&#039;&#039;Cassiopeia&#039;&#039;&#039;, all [[Help4.x:Articles:_Options/en#editinglayout|Editing Layout options]] set to &#039;Hide&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Материал&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-content-ru.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Поля&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-fields-ru.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Публикация&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-publishing-ru.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Язык&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-language-ru.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Быстрые советы==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
An unauthorised user will normally get an error if they click on a Create Article menu item. For this reason, it is normal practice to give the menu item a [[Help4.x:Users:_Viewing_Access_Levels/en|viewing Access Level]] that can only be seen by users authorised to add articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Связанная информация==&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To create a [[Help4.x:Users:_Edit_Profile/en|new user]].&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To change [[Help4.x:Articles:_Options/en#permissions|article permissions]].&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;{{:Chunk4x:Help screen related Articles/ru}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/92/ru&amp;diff=989823</id>
		<title>Translations:Help4.x:Menu Item: Create Article/92/ru</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/92/ru&amp;diff=989823"/>
		<updated>2022-09-30T07:13:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: Created page with &amp;quot;Выберите пункт меню, на который необходимо перенаправлять пользователя после отправки или отм...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Выберите пункт меню, на который необходимо перенаправлять пользователя после отправки или отмены отправки материала (если не используется перенаправление после отмены в параметре ниже). По умолчанию пользователь перенаправляется на главную страницу сайта.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/ru&amp;diff=989822</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menu Item: Create Article/ru</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/ru&amp;diff=989822"/>
		<updated>2022-09-30T07:12:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: Created page with &amp;quot;Пункт перенаправления после отправки или отмены&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Описание==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Create Article menu item allows users to submit an article via the Site interface. Normally this is available only to users who have logged in to the Frontend of the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Users must have permission to create articles. When the Create Article page is shown in the Frontend, the screen shows as examples in the [[#frontend|Frontend Screenshot]] section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Как открыть==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To add a Menu Item:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;click the &#039;&#039;&#039;New&#039;&#039;&#039; toolbar button.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;click the Menu Item Type &#039;&#039;&#039;Select&#039;&#039;&#039; button.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Articles&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Create Article&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To edit a Menu Item:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;select a &#039;&#039;&#039;Title&#039;&#039;&#039; from the list&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|screenshot}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Скриншот==&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-screen-ru.png|800px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Form Fields==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Заголовок&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The title that will display for this menu item.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Алиас&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The internal name of the menu item. Normally, you can leave this blank and Joomla will fill in a default value Title in lower case and with dashes instead of spaces.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Alias/en|Learn more.]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Подробности===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Left Panel&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Тип пункта меню&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The Menu Item Type selected when this menu item was created. This can be one of the core menu item types or a menu item type provided by an installed extension.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Ссылка&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The system-generated link for this menu item. This field cannot be changed and is for information only.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Окно браузера&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Select from the dropdown list.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Стиль шаблона&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Select from the dropdown list.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Right Panel&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Меню&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Shows which menu the link will appear in.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Параметры===&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-options-subscreen-ru.png|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Специальная категория&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**Да: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Articles will be assigned to the specified category. The user will not be able to select a category.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**Нет: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The user may select the category from the list box. Only categories for which the user has &#039;Create&#039; permission will show.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Пункт перенаправления после отправки или отмены&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Select the page the user will be redirected to after a successful article submission.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Перенаправлять после отмены&#039;&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Yes&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Set a page to redirect to when user Cancels article submission.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;No&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;When user Cancels article submission, the user is redirected to the &#039;Submission/Cancel Redirect&#039; page.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Common Options===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help_screen_Menus_Item_common_options/ru}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Панель инструментов==&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help_screen_Menus_Item_toolbar/ru}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|frontend}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Frontend Screenshots==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screenshots shows Joomla core Frontend Template &#039;&#039;&#039;Cassiopeia&#039;&#039;&#039;, all [[Help4.x:Articles:_Options/en#editinglayout|Editing Layout options]] set to &#039;Hide&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Материал&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-content-ru.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Поля&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-fields-ru.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Публикация&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-publishing-ru.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Язык&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-language-ru.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Быстрые советы==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
An unauthorised user will normally get an error if they click on a Create Article menu item. For this reason, it is normal practice to give the menu item a [[Help4.x:Users:_Viewing_Access_Levels/en|viewing Access Level]] that can only be seen by users authorised to add articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Связанная информация==&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To create a [[Help4.x:Users:_Edit_Profile/en|new user]].&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To change [[Help4.x:Articles:_Options/en#permissions|article permissions]].&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;{{:Chunk4x:Help screen related Articles/ru}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/178/ru&amp;diff=989821</id>
		<title>Translations:Help4.x:Menu Item: Create Article/178/ru</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/178/ru&amp;diff=989821"/>
		<updated>2022-09-30T07:12:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: Created page with &amp;quot;Пункт перенаправления после отправки или отмены&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Пункт перенаправления после отправки или отмены&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/ru&amp;diff=989820</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menu Item: Create Article/ru</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/ru&amp;diff=989820"/>
		<updated>2022-09-30T07:10:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: Created page with &amp;quot;Окно браузера&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Описание==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Create Article menu item allows users to submit an article via the Site interface. Normally this is available only to users who have logged in to the Frontend of the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Users must have permission to create articles. When the Create Article page is shown in the Frontend, the screen shows as examples in the [[#frontend|Frontend Screenshot]] section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Как открыть==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To add a Menu Item:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;click the &#039;&#039;&#039;New&#039;&#039;&#039; toolbar button.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;click the Menu Item Type &#039;&#039;&#039;Select&#039;&#039;&#039; button.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Articles&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Create Article&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To edit a Menu Item:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;select a &#039;&#039;&#039;Title&#039;&#039;&#039; from the list&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|screenshot}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Скриншот==&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-screen-ru.png|800px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Form Fields==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Заголовок&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The title that will display for this menu item.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Алиас&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The internal name of the menu item. Normally, you can leave this blank and Joomla will fill in a default value Title in lower case and with dashes instead of spaces.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Alias/en|Learn more.]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Подробности===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Left Panel&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Тип пункта меню&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The Menu Item Type selected when this menu item was created. This can be one of the core menu item types or a menu item type provided by an installed extension.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Ссылка&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The system-generated link for this menu item. This field cannot be changed and is for information only.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Окно браузера&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Select from the dropdown list.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Стиль шаблона&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Select from the dropdown list.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Right Panel&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Меню&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Shows which menu the link will appear in.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Параметры===&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-options-subscreen-ru.png|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Специальная категория&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**Да: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Articles will be assigned to the specified category. The user will not be able to select a category.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**Нет: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The user may select the category from the list box. Only categories for which the user has &#039;Create&#039; permission will show.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Submission/Cancel Redirect&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Select the page the user will be redirected to after a successful article submission.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Перенаправлять после отмены&#039;&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Yes&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Set a page to redirect to when user Cancels article submission.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;No&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;When user Cancels article submission, the user is redirected to the &#039;Submission/Cancel Redirect&#039; page.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Common Options===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help_screen_Menus_Item_common_options/ru}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Панель инструментов==&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help_screen_Menus_Item_toolbar/ru}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|frontend}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Frontend Screenshots==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screenshots shows Joomla core Frontend Template &#039;&#039;&#039;Cassiopeia&#039;&#039;&#039;, all [[Help4.x:Articles:_Options/en#editinglayout|Editing Layout options]] set to &#039;Hide&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Материал&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-content-ru.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Поля&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-fields-ru.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Публикация&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-publishing-ru.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Язык&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-language-ru.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Быстрые советы==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
An unauthorised user will normally get an error if they click on a Create Article menu item. For this reason, it is normal practice to give the menu item a [[Help4.x:Users:_Viewing_Access_Levels/en|viewing Access Level]] that can only be seen by users authorised to add articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Связанная информация==&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To create a [[Help4.x:Users:_Edit_Profile/en|new user]].&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To change [[Help4.x:Articles:_Options/en#permissions|article permissions]].&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;{{:Chunk4x:Help screen related Articles/ru}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/177/ru&amp;diff=989819</id>
		<title>Translations:Help4.x:Menu Item: Create Article/177/ru</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/177/ru&amp;diff=989819"/>
		<updated>2022-09-30T07:09:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: Created page with &amp;quot;Нет&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Нет&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/176/ru&amp;diff=989818</id>
		<title>Translations:Help4.x:Menu Item: Create Article/176/ru</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/176/ru&amp;diff=989818"/>
		<updated>2022-09-30T07:09:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: Created page with &amp;quot;Да&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Да&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/27/ru&amp;diff=989817</id>
		<title>Translations:Help4.x:Menu Item: Create Article/27/ru</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/27/ru&amp;diff=989817"/>
		<updated>2022-09-30T07:09:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Специальная категория&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/ru&amp;diff=989816</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menu Item: Create Article/ru</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/ru&amp;diff=989816"/>
		<updated>2022-09-30T07:09:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: Created page with &amp;quot;Стиль шаблона&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Описание==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Create Article menu item allows users to submit an article via the Site interface. Normally this is available only to users who have logged in to the Frontend of the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Users must have permission to create articles. When the Create Article page is shown in the Frontend, the screen shows as examples in the [[#frontend|Frontend Screenshot]] section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Как открыть==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To add a Menu Item:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;click the &#039;&#039;&#039;New&#039;&#039;&#039; toolbar button.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;click the Menu Item Type &#039;&#039;&#039;Select&#039;&#039;&#039; button.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Articles&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Create Article&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To edit a Menu Item:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;select a &#039;&#039;&#039;Title&#039;&#039;&#039; from the list&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|screenshot}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Скриншот==&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-screen-ru.png|800px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Form Fields==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Заголовок&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The title that will display for this menu item.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Алиас&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The internal name of the menu item. Normally, you can leave this blank and Joomla will fill in a default value Title in lower case and with dashes instead of spaces.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Alias/en|Learn more.]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Подробности===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Left Panel&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Тип пункта меню&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The Menu Item Type selected when this menu item was created. This can be one of the core menu item types or a menu item type provided by an installed extension.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Ссылка&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The system-generated link for this menu item. This field cannot be changed and is for information only.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Окно браузера&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Select from the dropdown list.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Стиль шаблона&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Select from the dropdown list.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Right Panel&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Меню&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Shows which menu the link will appear in.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Параметры===&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-options-subscreen-ru.png|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Специальная категория&#039;&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Yes&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Articles will be assigned to the specified category. The user will not be able to select a category.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;No&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The user may select the category from the list box. Only categories for which the user has &#039;Create&#039; permission will show.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Submission/Cancel Redirect&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Select the page the user will be redirected to after a successful article submission.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Перенаправлять после отмены&#039;&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Yes&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Set a page to redirect to when user Cancels article submission.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;No&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;When user Cancels article submission, the user is redirected to the &#039;Submission/Cancel Redirect&#039; page.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Common Options===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help_screen_Menus_Item_common_options/ru}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Панель инструментов==&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help_screen_Menus_Item_toolbar/ru}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|frontend}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Frontend Screenshots==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screenshots shows Joomla core Frontend Template &#039;&#039;&#039;Cassiopeia&#039;&#039;&#039;, all [[Help4.x:Articles:_Options/en#editinglayout|Editing Layout options]] set to &#039;Hide&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Материал&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-content-ru.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Поля&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-fields-ru.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Публикация&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-publishing-ru.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Язык&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-language-ru.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Быстрые советы==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
An unauthorised user will normally get an error if they click on a Create Article menu item. For this reason, it is normal practice to give the menu item a [[Help4.x:Users:_Viewing_Access_Levels/en|viewing Access Level]] that can only be seen by users authorised to add articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Связанная информация==&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To create a [[Help4.x:Users:_Edit_Profile/en|new user]].&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To change [[Help4.x:Articles:_Options/en#permissions|article permissions]].&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;{{:Chunk4x:Help screen related Articles/ru}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/175/ru&amp;diff=989815</id>
		<title>Translations:Help4.x:Menu Item: Create Article/175/ru</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/175/ru&amp;diff=989815"/>
		<updated>2022-09-30T07:09:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: Created page with &amp;quot;Меню&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Меню&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/174/ru&amp;diff=989814</id>
		<title>Translations:Help4.x:Menu Item: Create Article/174/ru</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/174/ru&amp;diff=989814"/>
		<updated>2022-09-30T07:09:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: Created page with &amp;quot;Стиль шаблона&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Стиль шаблона&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/ru&amp;diff=989813</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menu Item: Create Article/ru</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/ru&amp;diff=989813"/>
		<updated>2022-09-30T07:09:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: Created page with &amp;quot;Ссылка&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Описание==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Create Article menu item allows users to submit an article via the Site interface. Normally this is available only to users who have logged in to the Frontend of the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Users must have permission to create articles. When the Create Article page is shown in the Frontend, the screen shows as examples in the [[#frontend|Frontend Screenshot]] section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Как открыть==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To add a Menu Item:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;click the &#039;&#039;&#039;New&#039;&#039;&#039; toolbar button.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;click the Menu Item Type &#039;&#039;&#039;Select&#039;&#039;&#039; button.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Articles&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Create Article&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To edit a Menu Item:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;select a &#039;&#039;&#039;Title&#039;&#039;&#039; from the list&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|screenshot}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Скриншот==&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-screen-ru.png|800px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Form Fields==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Заголовок&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The title that will display for this menu item.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Алиас&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The internal name of the menu item. Normally, you can leave this blank and Joomla will fill in a default value Title in lower case and with dashes instead of spaces.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Alias/en|Learn more.]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Подробности===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Left Panel&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Тип пункта меню&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The Menu Item Type selected when this menu item was created. This can be one of the core menu item types or a menu item type provided by an installed extension.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Ссылка&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The system-generated link for this menu item. This field cannot be changed and is for information only.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Окно браузера&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Select from the dropdown list.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Template Style&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Select from the dropdown list.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Right Panel&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Menu&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Shows which menu the link will appear in.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Параметры===&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-options-subscreen-ru.png|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Специальная категория&#039;&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Yes&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Articles will be assigned to the specified category. The user will not be able to select a category.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;No&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The user may select the category from the list box. Only categories for which the user has &#039;Create&#039; permission will show.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Submission/Cancel Redirect&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Select the page the user will be redirected to after a successful article submission.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Перенаправлять после отмены&#039;&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Yes&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Set a page to redirect to when user Cancels article submission.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;No&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;When user Cancels article submission, the user is redirected to the &#039;Submission/Cancel Redirect&#039; page.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Common Options===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help_screen_Menus_Item_common_options/ru}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Панель инструментов==&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help_screen_Menus_Item_toolbar/ru}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|frontend}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Frontend Screenshots==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screenshots shows Joomla core Frontend Template &#039;&#039;&#039;Cassiopeia&#039;&#039;&#039;, all [[Help4.x:Articles:_Options/en#editinglayout|Editing Layout options]] set to &#039;Hide&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Материал&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-content-ru.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Поля&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-fields-ru.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Публикация&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-publishing-ru.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Язык&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-language-ru.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Быстрые советы==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
An unauthorised user will normally get an error if they click on a Create Article menu item. For this reason, it is normal practice to give the menu item a [[Help4.x:Users:_Viewing_Access_Levels/en|viewing Access Level]] that can only be seen by users authorised to add articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Связанная информация==&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To create a [[Help4.x:Users:_Edit_Profile/en|new user]].&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To change [[Help4.x:Articles:_Options/en#permissions|article permissions]].&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;{{:Chunk4x:Help screen related Articles/ru}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/173/ru&amp;diff=989812</id>
		<title>Translations:Help4.x:Menu Item: Create Article/173/ru</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/173/ru&amp;diff=989812"/>
		<updated>2022-09-30T07:09:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: Created page with &amp;quot;Окно браузера&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Окно браузера&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/172/ru&amp;diff=989811</id>
		<title>Translations:Help4.x:Menu Item: Create Article/172/ru</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/172/ru&amp;diff=989811"/>
		<updated>2022-09-30T07:09:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: Created page with &amp;quot;Ссылка&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Ссылка&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/171/ru&amp;diff=989810</id>
		<title>Translations:Help4.x:Menu Item: Create Article/171/ru</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/171/ru&amp;diff=989810"/>
		<updated>2022-09-30T07:09:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: Created page with &amp;quot;Тип пункта меню&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Тип пункта меню&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/170/ru&amp;diff=989809</id>
		<title>Translations:Help4.x:Menu Item: Create Article/170/ru</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/170/ru&amp;diff=989809"/>
		<updated>2022-09-30T07:09:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: Created page with &amp;quot;Алиас&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Алиас&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/ru&amp;diff=989808</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menu Item: Create Article/ru</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/ru&amp;diff=989808"/>
		<updated>2022-09-30T07:09:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: Created page with &amp;quot;Заголовок&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Описание==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Create Article menu item allows users to submit an article via the Site interface. Normally this is available only to users who have logged in to the Frontend of the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Users must have permission to create articles. When the Create Article page is shown in the Frontend, the screen shows as examples in the [[#frontend|Frontend Screenshot]] section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Как открыть==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To add a Menu Item:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;click the &#039;&#039;&#039;New&#039;&#039;&#039; toolbar button.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;click the Menu Item Type &#039;&#039;&#039;Select&#039;&#039;&#039; button.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Articles&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Create Article&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To edit a Menu Item:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;select a &#039;&#039;&#039;Title&#039;&#039;&#039; from the list&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|screenshot}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Скриншот==&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-screen-ru.png|800px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Form Fields==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Заголовок&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The title that will display for this menu item.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Alias&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The internal name of the menu item. Normally, you can leave this blank and Joomla will fill in a default value Title in lower case and with dashes instead of spaces.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Alias/en|Learn more.]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Подробности===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Left Panel&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Menu Item Type&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The Menu Item Type selected when this menu item was created. This can be one of the core menu item types or a menu item type provided by an installed extension.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Link&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The system-generated link for this menu item. This field cannot be changed and is for information only.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Target Window&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Select from the dropdown list.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Template Style&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Select from the dropdown list.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Right Panel&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Menu&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Shows which menu the link will appear in.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Параметры===&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-options-subscreen-ru.png|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Специальная категория&#039;&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Yes&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Articles will be assigned to the specified category. The user will not be able to select a category.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;No&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The user may select the category from the list box. Only categories for which the user has &#039;Create&#039; permission will show.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Submission/Cancel Redirect&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Select the page the user will be redirected to after a successful article submission.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Перенаправлять после отмены&#039;&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Yes&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Set a page to redirect to when user Cancels article submission.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;No&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;When user Cancels article submission, the user is redirected to the &#039;Submission/Cancel Redirect&#039; page.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Common Options===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help_screen_Menus_Item_common_options/ru}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Панель инструментов==&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help_screen_Menus_Item_toolbar/ru}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|frontend}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Frontend Screenshots==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screenshots shows Joomla core Frontend Template &#039;&#039;&#039;Cassiopeia&#039;&#039;&#039;, all [[Help4.x:Articles:_Options/en#editinglayout|Editing Layout options]] set to &#039;Hide&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Материал&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-content-ru.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Поля&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-fields-ru.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Публикация&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-publishing-ru.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Язык&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-language-ru.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Быстрые советы==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
An unauthorised user will normally get an error if they click on a Create Article menu item. For this reason, it is normal practice to give the menu item a [[Help4.x:Users:_Viewing_Access_Levels/en|viewing Access Level]] that can only be seen by users authorised to add articles.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Связанная информация==&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To create a [[Help4.x:Users:_Edit_Profile/en|new user]].&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To change [[Help4.x:Articles:_Options/en#permissions|article permissions]].&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;{{:Chunk4x:Help screen related Articles/ru}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/169/ru&amp;diff=989807</id>
		<title>Translations:Help4.x:Menu Item: Create Article/169/ru</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/169/ru&amp;diff=989807"/>
		<updated>2022-09-30T07:09:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: Created page with &amp;quot;Заголовок&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Заголовок&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/fr&amp;diff=989806</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menu Item: Create Article/fr</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/fr&amp;diff=989806"/>
		<updated>2022-09-30T07:09:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Create Article menu item allows users to submit an article via the Site interface. Normally this is available only to users who have logged in to the Frontend of the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Users must have permission to create articles. When the Create Article page is shown in the Frontend, the screen shows as examples in the [[#frontend|Frontend Screenshot]] section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comment y accéder==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pour ajouter un nouvel élément de menu&amp;amp;nbsp;ː&lt;br /&gt;
#Cliquez sur le bouton &#039;&#039;&#039;Nouveau&#039;&#039;&#039; dans la barre d&#039;outils.&lt;br /&gt;
#Cliquez sur le bouton &#039;&#039;&#039;sélectionner&#039;&#039;&#039; du type de lien de menu.&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Articles&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Create Article&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To edit a Menu Item:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Sélectionnez un &#039;&#039;&#039;Titre&#039;&#039;&#039; dans la liste.&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|screenshot}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Capture d&#039;écran==&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-screen-fr.png|800px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Champs de formulaire==&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Titre du lien&#039;&#039;&#039;. Le titre qui sera affiché pour ce lien de menu.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Alias&#039;&#039;&#039;. Le nom interne de cet article. Normalement, vous pouvez laisser ce champ vide et Joomla remplira une valeur par défaut Titre en minuscules et avec des tirets au lieu d&#039;espaces. [[Alias/fr|Pour en savoir plus.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Détails===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Left Panel&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Type de lien de menu&#039;&#039;&#039;. Le type de lien de menu sélectionné lors de la création de ce lien de menu. Il peut s&#039;agir d&#039;un des types de liens de menu natifs ou d&#039;un type de lien de menu fourni par une extension installée.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;URL du lien&#039;&#039;&#039;. URL du lien de menu. Cette URL se créée automatiquement par le choix du type de lien et par ses paramètres. Ne peut être modifié et donné à titre d&#039;information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fenêtre cible&#039;&#039;&#039;. Sélectionnez dans la liste déroulante.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Style du template&#039;&#039;&#039;. Sélectionnez dans la liste déroulante.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Right Panel&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Menu&#039;&#039;&#039;. Affiche dans quel menu le lien apparaîtra.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Paramètres===&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-options-subscreen-fr.png|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Catégorie par défaut&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**Oui: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Articles will be assigned to the specified category. The user will not be able to select a category.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**Non: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The user may select the category from the list box. Only categories for which the user has &#039;Create&#039; permission will show.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Redirection après soumission ou annulation&#039;&#039;&#039;. Choisissez la page vers laquelle l&#039;utilisateur sera redirigé après soumission et annulation d&#039;article.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Redirection personnalisée après annulation&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**Oui: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Set a page to redirect to when user Cancels article submission.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**Non: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;When user Cancels article submission, the user is redirected to the &#039;Submission/Cancel Redirect&#039; page.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Paramètres communs===&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help_screen_Menus_Item_common_options/fr}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Barre d&#039;outils==&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help_screen_Menus_Item_toolbar/fr}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|frontend}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Capture d&#039;écran du frontend==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screenshots shows Joomla core Frontend Template &#039;&#039;&#039;Cassiopeia&#039;&#039;&#039;, all [[Help4.x:Articles:_Options/en#editinglayout|Editing Layout options]] set to &#039;Hide&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contenu&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-content-fr.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Champs&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-fields-fr.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Publication&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-publishing-fr.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Paramètres de langue&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-language-fr.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Astuces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Un utilisateur non autorisé à créer des articles va voir une erreur s&#039;il clique sur un élément de menu &amp;quot;Nouvel article&amp;quot;. Pour cette raison, il est plus judicieux de ne donner accès à l&#039;élément de menu qu&#039;aux utilisateurs autorisés à créer des articles par l&#039;utilisation [[Help4.x:Users:_Viewing_Access_Levels/fr|pertinente des droits]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Informations connexes==&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To create a [[Help4.x:Users:_Edit_Profile/en|new user]].&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To change [[Help4.x:Articles:_Options/en#permissions|article permissions]].&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;{{:Chunk4x:Help screen related Articles/fr}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/180/fr&amp;diff=989805</id>
		<title>Translations:Help4.x:Menu Item: Create Article/180/fr</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/180/fr&amp;diff=989805"/>
		<updated>2022-09-30T07:09:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: Created page with &amp;quot;Non&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Non&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/179/fr&amp;diff=989804</id>
		<title>Translations:Help4.x:Menu Item: Create Article/179/fr</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/179/fr&amp;diff=989804"/>
		<updated>2022-09-30T07:08:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: Created page with &amp;quot;Oui&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Oui&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/161/fr&amp;diff=989803</id>
		<title>Translations:Help4.x:Menu Item: Create Article/161/fr</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/161/fr&amp;diff=989803"/>
		<updated>2022-09-30T07:08:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Redirection personnalisée après annulation&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/fr&amp;diff=989802</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menu Item: Create Article/fr</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/fr&amp;diff=989802"/>
		<updated>2022-09-30T07:08:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: Created page with &amp;quot;Fenêtre cible&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Create Article menu item allows users to submit an article via the Site interface. Normally this is available only to users who have logged in to the Frontend of the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Users must have permission to create articles. When the Create Article page is shown in the Frontend, the screen shows as examples in the [[#frontend|Frontend Screenshot]] section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comment y accéder==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pour ajouter un nouvel élément de menu&amp;amp;nbsp;ː&lt;br /&gt;
#Cliquez sur le bouton &#039;&#039;&#039;Nouveau&#039;&#039;&#039; dans la barre d&#039;outils.&lt;br /&gt;
#Cliquez sur le bouton &#039;&#039;&#039;sélectionner&#039;&#039;&#039; du type de lien de menu.&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Articles&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Create Article&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To edit a Menu Item:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Sélectionnez un &#039;&#039;&#039;Titre&#039;&#039;&#039; dans la liste.&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|screenshot}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Capture d&#039;écran==&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-screen-fr.png|800px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Champs de formulaire==&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Titre du lien&#039;&#039;&#039;. Le titre qui sera affiché pour ce lien de menu.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Alias&#039;&#039;&#039;. Le nom interne de cet article. Normalement, vous pouvez laisser ce champ vide et Joomla remplira une valeur par défaut Titre en minuscules et avec des tirets au lieu d&#039;espaces. [[Alias/fr|Pour en savoir plus.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Détails===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Left Panel&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Type de lien de menu&#039;&#039;&#039;. Le type de lien de menu sélectionné lors de la création de ce lien de menu. Il peut s&#039;agir d&#039;un des types de liens de menu natifs ou d&#039;un type de lien de menu fourni par une extension installée.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;URL du lien&#039;&#039;&#039;. URL du lien de menu. Cette URL se créée automatiquement par le choix du type de lien et par ses paramètres. Ne peut être modifié et donné à titre d&#039;information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fenêtre cible&#039;&#039;&#039;. Sélectionnez dans la liste déroulante.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Style du template&#039;&#039;&#039;. Sélectionnez dans la liste déroulante.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Right Panel&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Menu&#039;&#039;&#039;. Affiche dans quel menu le lien apparaîtra.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Paramètres===&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-options-subscreen-fr.png|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Catégorie par défaut&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**Oui: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Articles will be assigned to the specified category. The user will not be able to select a category.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**Non: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The user may select the category from the list box. Only categories for which the user has &#039;Create&#039; permission will show.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Redirection après soumission ou annulation&#039;&#039;&#039;. Choisissez la page vers laquelle l&#039;utilisateur sera redirigé après soumission et annulation d&#039;article.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Redirection personnalisée après annulation&#039;&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Yes&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Set a page to redirect to when user Cancels article submission.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;No&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;When user Cancels article submission, the user is redirected to the &#039;Submission/Cancel Redirect&#039; page.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Paramètres communs===&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help_screen_Menus_Item_common_options/fr}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Barre d&#039;outils==&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help_screen_Menus_Item_toolbar/fr}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|frontend}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Capture d&#039;écran du frontend==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screenshots shows Joomla core Frontend Template &#039;&#039;&#039;Cassiopeia&#039;&#039;&#039;, all [[Help4.x:Articles:_Options/en#editinglayout|Editing Layout options]] set to &#039;Hide&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contenu&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-content-fr.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Champs&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-fields-fr.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Publication&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-publishing-fr.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Paramètres de langue&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-language-fr.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Astuces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Un utilisateur non autorisé à créer des articles va voir une erreur s&#039;il clique sur un élément de menu &amp;quot;Nouvel article&amp;quot;. Pour cette raison, il est plus judicieux de ne donner accès à l&#039;élément de menu qu&#039;aux utilisateurs autorisés à créer des articles par l&#039;utilisation [[Help4.x:Users:_Viewing_Access_Levels/fr|pertinente des droits]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Informations connexes==&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To create a [[Help4.x:Users:_Edit_Profile/en|new user]].&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To change [[Help4.x:Articles:_Options/en#permissions|article permissions]].&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;{{:Chunk4x:Help screen related Articles/fr}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/178/fr&amp;diff=989801</id>
		<title>Translations:Help4.x:Menu Item: Create Article/178/fr</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/178/fr&amp;diff=989801"/>
		<updated>2022-09-30T07:08:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: Created page with &amp;quot;Redirection après soumission ou annulation&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Redirection après soumission ou annulation&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/fr&amp;diff=989800</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menu Item: Create Article/fr</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/fr&amp;diff=989800"/>
		<updated>2022-09-30T07:08:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Create Article menu item allows users to submit an article via the Site interface. Normally this is available only to users who have logged in to the Frontend of the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Users must have permission to create articles. When the Create Article page is shown in the Frontend, the screen shows as examples in the [[#frontend|Frontend Screenshot]] section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comment y accéder==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pour ajouter un nouvel élément de menu&amp;amp;nbsp;ː&lt;br /&gt;
#Cliquez sur le bouton &#039;&#039;&#039;Nouveau&#039;&#039;&#039; dans la barre d&#039;outils.&lt;br /&gt;
#Cliquez sur le bouton &#039;&#039;&#039;sélectionner&#039;&#039;&#039; du type de lien de menu.&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Articles&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Create Article&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To edit a Menu Item:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Sélectionnez un &#039;&#039;&#039;Titre&#039;&#039;&#039; dans la liste.&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|screenshot}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Capture d&#039;écran==&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-screen-fr.png|800px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Champs de formulaire==&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Titre du lien&#039;&#039;&#039;. Le titre qui sera affiché pour ce lien de menu.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Alias&#039;&#039;&#039;. Le nom interne de cet article. Normalement, vous pouvez laisser ce champ vide et Joomla remplira une valeur par défaut Titre en minuscules et avec des tirets au lieu d&#039;espaces. [[Alias/fr|Pour en savoir plus.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Détails===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Left Panel&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Type de lien de menu&#039;&#039;&#039;. Le type de lien de menu sélectionné lors de la création de ce lien de menu. Il peut s&#039;agir d&#039;un des types de liens de menu natifs ou d&#039;un type de lien de menu fourni par une extension installée.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;URL du lien&#039;&#039;&#039;. URL du lien de menu. Cette URL se créée automatiquement par le choix du type de lien et par ses paramètres. Ne peut être modifié et donné à titre d&#039;information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fenêtre cible&#039;&#039;&#039;. Sélectionnez dans la liste déroulante.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Style du template&#039;&#039;&#039;. Sélectionnez dans la liste déroulante.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Right Panel&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Menu&#039;&#039;&#039;. Affiche dans quel menu le lien apparaîtra.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Paramètres===&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-options-subscreen-fr.png|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Catégorie par défaut&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**Oui: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Articles will be assigned to the specified category. The user will not be able to select a category.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**Non: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The user may select the category from the list box. Only categories for which the user has &#039;Create&#039; permission will show.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Submission/Cancel Redirect&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. Choisissez la page vers laquelle l&#039;utilisateur sera redirigé après soumission et annulation d&#039;article.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Redirection personnalisée après annulation&#039;&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Yes&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Set a page to redirect to when user Cancels article submission.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;No&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;When user Cancels article submission, the user is redirected to the &#039;Submission/Cancel Redirect&#039; page.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Paramètres communs===&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help_screen_Menus_Item_common_options/fr}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Barre d&#039;outils==&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help_screen_Menus_Item_toolbar/fr}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|frontend}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Capture d&#039;écran du frontend==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screenshots shows Joomla core Frontend Template &#039;&#039;&#039;Cassiopeia&#039;&#039;&#039;, all [[Help4.x:Articles:_Options/en#editinglayout|Editing Layout options]] set to &#039;Hide&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contenu&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-content-fr.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Champs&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-fields-fr.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Publication&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-publishing-fr.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Paramètres de langue&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-language-fr.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Astuces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Un utilisateur non autorisé à créer des articles va voir une erreur s&#039;il clique sur un élément de menu &amp;quot;Nouvel article&amp;quot;. Pour cette raison, il est plus judicieux de ne donner accès à l&#039;élément de menu qu&#039;aux utilisateurs autorisés à créer des articles par l&#039;utilisation [[Help4.x:Users:_Viewing_Access_Levels/fr|pertinente des droits]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Informations connexes==&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To create a [[Help4.x:Users:_Edit_Profile/en|new user]].&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To change [[Help4.x:Articles:_Options/en#permissions|article permissions]].&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;{{:Chunk4x:Help screen related Articles/fr}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/92/fr&amp;diff=989799</id>
		<title>Translations:Help4.x:Menu Item: Create Article/92/fr</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/92/fr&amp;diff=989799"/>
		<updated>2022-09-30T07:08:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Choisissez la page vers laquelle l&#039;utilisateur sera redirigé après soumission et annulation d&#039;article.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/fr&amp;diff=989798</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menu Item: Create Article/fr</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/fr&amp;diff=989798"/>
		<updated>2022-09-30T07:08:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Create Article menu item allows users to submit an article via the Site interface. Normally this is available only to users who have logged in to the Frontend of the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Users must have permission to create articles. When the Create Article page is shown in the Frontend, the screen shows as examples in the [[#frontend|Frontend Screenshot]] section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comment y accéder==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pour ajouter un nouvel élément de menu&amp;amp;nbsp;ː&lt;br /&gt;
#Cliquez sur le bouton &#039;&#039;&#039;Nouveau&#039;&#039;&#039; dans la barre d&#039;outils.&lt;br /&gt;
#Cliquez sur le bouton &#039;&#039;&#039;sélectionner&#039;&#039;&#039; du type de lien de menu.&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Articles&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Create Article&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To edit a Menu Item:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Sélectionnez un &#039;&#039;&#039;Titre&#039;&#039;&#039; dans la liste.&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|screenshot}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Capture d&#039;écran==&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-screen-fr.png|800px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Champs de formulaire==&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Titre du lien&#039;&#039;&#039;. Le titre qui sera affiché pour ce lien de menu.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Alias&#039;&#039;&#039;. Le nom interne de cet article. Normalement, vous pouvez laisser ce champ vide et Joomla remplira une valeur par défaut Titre en minuscules et avec des tirets au lieu d&#039;espaces. [[Alias/fr|Pour en savoir plus.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Détails===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Left Panel&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Type de lien de menu&#039;&#039;&#039;. Le type de lien de menu sélectionné lors de la création de ce lien de menu. Il peut s&#039;agir d&#039;un des types de liens de menu natifs ou d&#039;un type de lien de menu fourni par une extension installée.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;URL du lien&#039;&#039;&#039;. URL du lien de menu. Cette URL se créée automatiquement par le choix du type de lien et par ses paramètres. Ne peut être modifié et donné à titre d&#039;information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fenêtre cible&#039;&#039;&#039;. Sélectionnez dans la liste déroulante.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Style du template&#039;&#039;&#039;. Sélectionnez dans la liste déroulante.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Right Panel&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Menu&#039;&#039;&#039;. Affiche dans quel menu le lien apparaîtra.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Paramètres===&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-options-subscreen-fr.png|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Catégorie par défaut&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**Oui: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Articles will be assigned to the specified category. The user will not be able to select a category.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**Non: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The user may select the category from the list box. Only categories for which the user has &#039;Create&#039; permission will show.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Submission/Cancel Redirect&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Redirection après soumission ou annulation&#039;&#039;&#039;. Choisissez la page vers laquelle l&#039;utilisateur sera redirigé après soumission et annulation d&#039;article.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Redirection personnalisée après annulation&#039;&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Yes&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Set a page to redirect to when user Cancels article submission.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;No&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;When user Cancels article submission, the user is redirected to the &#039;Submission/Cancel Redirect&#039; page.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Paramètres communs===&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help_screen_Menus_Item_common_options/fr}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Barre d&#039;outils==&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help_screen_Menus_Item_toolbar/fr}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|frontend}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Capture d&#039;écran du frontend==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screenshots shows Joomla core Frontend Template &#039;&#039;&#039;Cassiopeia&#039;&#039;&#039;, all [[Help4.x:Articles:_Options/en#editinglayout|Editing Layout options]] set to &#039;Hide&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contenu&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-content-fr.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Champs&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-fields-fr.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Publication&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-publishing-fr.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Paramètres de langue&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-language-fr.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Astuces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Un utilisateur non autorisé à créer des articles va voir une erreur s&#039;il clique sur un élément de menu &amp;quot;Nouvel article&amp;quot;. Pour cette raison, il est plus judicieux de ne donner accès à l&#039;élément de menu qu&#039;aux utilisateurs autorisés à créer des articles par l&#039;utilisation [[Help4.x:Users:_Viewing_Access_Levels/fr|pertinente des droits]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Informations connexes==&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To create a [[Help4.x:Users:_Edit_Profile/en|new user]].&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To change [[Help4.x:Articles:_Options/en#permissions|article permissions]].&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;{{:Chunk4x:Help screen related Articles/fr}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/177/fr&amp;diff=989797</id>
		<title>Translations:Help4.x:Menu Item: Create Article/177/fr</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/177/fr&amp;diff=989797"/>
		<updated>2022-09-30T07:08:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: Created page with &amp;quot;Non&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Non&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/176/fr&amp;diff=989796</id>
		<title>Translations:Help4.x:Menu Item: Create Article/176/fr</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/176/fr&amp;diff=989796"/>
		<updated>2022-09-30T07:08:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: Created page with &amp;quot;Oui&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Oui&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/fr&amp;diff=989795</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menu Item: Create Article/fr</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/fr&amp;diff=989795"/>
		<updated>2022-09-30T07:08:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: Created page with &amp;quot;URL du lien&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Create Article menu item allows users to submit an article via the Site interface. Normally this is available only to users who have logged in to the Frontend of the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Users must have permission to create articles. When the Create Article page is shown in the Frontend, the screen shows as examples in the [[#frontend|Frontend Screenshot]] section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comment y accéder==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pour ajouter un nouvel élément de menu&amp;amp;nbsp;ː&lt;br /&gt;
#Cliquez sur le bouton &#039;&#039;&#039;Nouveau&#039;&#039;&#039; dans la barre d&#039;outils.&lt;br /&gt;
#Cliquez sur le bouton &#039;&#039;&#039;sélectionner&#039;&#039;&#039; du type de lien de menu.&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Articles&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Create Article&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To edit a Menu Item:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Sélectionnez un &#039;&#039;&#039;Titre&#039;&#039;&#039; dans la liste.&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|screenshot}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Capture d&#039;écran==&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-screen-fr.png|800px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Champs de formulaire==&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Titre du lien&#039;&#039;&#039;. Le titre qui sera affiché pour ce lien de menu.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Alias&#039;&#039;&#039;. Le nom interne de cet article. Normalement, vous pouvez laisser ce champ vide et Joomla remplira une valeur par défaut Titre en minuscules et avec des tirets au lieu d&#039;espaces. [[Alias/fr|Pour en savoir plus.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Détails===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Left Panel&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Type de lien de menu&#039;&#039;&#039;. Le type de lien de menu sélectionné lors de la création de ce lien de menu. Il peut s&#039;agir d&#039;un des types de liens de menu natifs ou d&#039;un type de lien de menu fourni par une extension installée.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;URL du lien&#039;&#039;&#039;. URL du lien de menu. Cette URL se créée automatiquement par le choix du type de lien et par ses paramètres. Ne peut être modifié et donné à titre d&#039;information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fenêtre cible&#039;&#039;&#039;. Sélectionnez dans la liste déroulante.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Style du template&#039;&#039;&#039;. Sélectionnez dans la liste déroulante.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Right Panel&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Menu&#039;&#039;&#039;. Affiche dans quel menu le lien apparaîtra.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Paramètres===&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-options-subscreen-fr.png|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Catégorie par défaut&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Yes&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Articles will be assigned to the specified category. The user will not be able to select a category.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;No&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The user may select the category from the list box. Only categories for which the user has &#039;Create&#039; permission will show.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Submission/Cancel Redirect&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Redirection après soumission ou annulation&#039;&#039;&#039;. Choisissez la page vers laquelle l&#039;utilisateur sera redirigé après soumission et annulation d&#039;article.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Redirection personnalisée après annulation&#039;&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Yes&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Set a page to redirect to when user Cancels article submission.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;No&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;When user Cancels article submission, the user is redirected to the &#039;Submission/Cancel Redirect&#039; page.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Paramètres communs===&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help_screen_Menus_Item_common_options/fr}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Barre d&#039;outils==&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help_screen_Menus_Item_toolbar/fr}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|frontend}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Capture d&#039;écran du frontend==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screenshots shows Joomla core Frontend Template &#039;&#039;&#039;Cassiopeia&#039;&#039;&#039;, all [[Help4.x:Articles:_Options/en#editinglayout|Editing Layout options]] set to &#039;Hide&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contenu&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-content-fr.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Champs&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-fields-fr.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Publication&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-publishing-fr.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Paramètres de langue&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-language-fr.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Astuces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Un utilisateur non autorisé à créer des articles va voir une erreur s&#039;il clique sur un élément de menu &amp;quot;Nouvel article&amp;quot;. Pour cette raison, il est plus judicieux de ne donner accès à l&#039;élément de menu qu&#039;aux utilisateurs autorisés à créer des articles par l&#039;utilisation [[Help4.x:Users:_Viewing_Access_Levels/fr|pertinente des droits]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Informations connexes==&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To create a [[Help4.x:Users:_Edit_Profile/en|new user]].&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To change [[Help4.x:Articles:_Options/en#permissions|article permissions]].&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;{{:Chunk4x:Help screen related Articles/fr}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/27/fr&amp;diff=989794</id>
		<title>Translations:Help4.x:Menu Item: Create Article/27/fr</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/27/fr&amp;diff=989794"/>
		<updated>2022-09-30T07:08:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Catégorie par défaut&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/fr&amp;diff=989793</id>
		<title>Help4.x:Menu Item: Create Article/fr</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/fr&amp;diff=989793"/>
		<updated>2022-09-30T07:08:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: Created page with &amp;quot;Style du template&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;&amp;lt;languages /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The Create Article menu item allows users to submit an article via the Site interface. Normally this is available only to users who have logged in to the Frontend of the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Users must have permission to create articles. When the Create Article page is shown in the Frontend, the screen shows as examples in the [[#frontend|Frontend Screenshot]] section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Comment y accéder==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{rarr|Menus,[name of the menu]}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pour ajouter un nouvel élément de menu&amp;amp;nbsp;ː&lt;br /&gt;
#Cliquez sur le bouton &#039;&#039;&#039;Nouveau&#039;&#039;&#039; dans la barre d&#039;outils.&lt;br /&gt;
#Cliquez sur le bouton &#039;&#039;&#039;sélectionner&#039;&#039;&#039; du type de lien de menu.&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Articles&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;select the &#039;&#039;&#039;Create Article&#039;&#039;&#039; item.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To edit a Menu Item:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*Sélectionnez un &#039;&#039;&#039;Titre&#039;&#039;&#039; dans la liste.&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|screenshot}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Capture d&#039;écran==&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-screen-fr.png|800px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Champs de formulaire==&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Titre du lien&#039;&#039;&#039;. Le titre qui sera affiché pour ce lien de menu.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Alias&#039;&#039;&#039;. Le nom interne de cet article. Normalement, vous pouvez laisser ce champ vide et Joomla remplira une valeur par défaut Titre en minuscules et avec des tirets au lieu d&#039;espaces. [[Alias/fr|Pour en savoir plus.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Détails===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Left Panel&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Type de lien de menu&#039;&#039;&#039;. Le type de lien de menu sélectionné lors de la création de ce lien de menu. Il peut s&#039;agir d&#039;un des types de liens de menu natifs ou d&#039;un type de lien de menu fourni par une extension installée.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;URL du lien&#039;&#039;&#039;. URL du lien de menu. Cette URL se créée automatiquement par le choix du type de lien et par ses paramètres. Ne peut être modifié et donné à titre d&#039;information.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Fenêtre cible&#039;&#039;&#039;. Sélectionnez dans la liste déroulante.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Style du template&#039;&#039;&#039;. Sélectionnez dans la liste déroulante.&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Right Panel&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Menu&#039;&#039;&#039;. Affiche dans quel menu le lien apparaîtra.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Paramètres===&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-options-subscreen-fr.png|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Catégorie par défaut&#039;&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Yes&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Articles will be assigned to the specified category. The user will not be able to select a category.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;No&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;The user may select the category from the list box. Only categories for which the user has &#039;Create&#039; permission will show.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Submission/Cancel Redirect&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;. &amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Redirection après soumission ou annulation&#039;&#039;&#039;. Choisissez la page vers laquelle l&#039;utilisateur sera redirigé après soumission et annulation d&#039;article.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;span class=&amp;quot;mw-translate-fuzzy&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;Redirection personnalisée après annulation&#039;&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Yes&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Set a page to redirect to when user Cancels article submission.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
**&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;No&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;: &amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;When user Cancels article submission, the user is redirected to the &#039;Submission/Cancel Redirect&#039; page.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Paramètres communs===&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help_screen_Menus_Item_common_options/fr}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Barre d&#039;outils==&lt;br /&gt;
{{:Chunk4x:Help_screen_Menus_Item_toolbar/fr}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{anchor|frontend}}&lt;br /&gt;
==Capture d&#039;écran du frontend==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Screenshots shows Joomla core Frontend Template &#039;&#039;&#039;Cassiopeia&#039;&#039;&#039;, all [[Help4.x:Articles:_Options/en#editinglayout|Editing Layout options]] set to &#039;Hide&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Contenu&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-content-fr.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Champs&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-fields-fr.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Publication&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-publishing-fr.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Paramètres de langue&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Help-4x-Menus-Item-Articles-Create-Article-frontend-language-fr.png|none|600px|none]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Astuces==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Un utilisateur non autorisé à créer des articles va voir une erreur s&#039;il clique sur un élément de menu &amp;quot;Nouvel article&amp;quot;. Pour cette raison, il est plus judicieux de ne donner accès à l&#039;élément de menu qu&#039;aux utilisateurs autorisés à créer des articles par l&#039;utilisation [[Help4.x:Users:_Viewing_Access_Levels/fr|pertinente des droits]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Informations connexes==&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To create a [[Help4.x:Users:_Edit_Profile/en|new user]].&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;span lang=&amp;quot;en&amp;quot; dir=&amp;quot;ltr&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;mw-content-ltr&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To change [[Help4.x:Articles:_Options/en#permissions|article permissions]].&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;{{:Chunk4x:Help screen related Articles/fr}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Cathelp|4.0|Menus Help Screens|Menu Item Manager Help Screens}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/90/fr&amp;diff=989792</id>
		<title>Translations:Help4.x:Menu Item: Create Article/90/fr</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/90/fr&amp;diff=989792"/>
		<updated>2022-09-30T07:08:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Affiche dans quel menu le lien apparaîtra.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/175/fr&amp;diff=989791</id>
		<title>Translations:Help4.x:Menu Item: Create Article/175/fr</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/175/fr&amp;diff=989791"/>
		<updated>2022-09-30T07:08:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: Created page with &amp;quot;Menu&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Menu&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/158/fr&amp;diff=989790</id>
		<title>Translations:Help4.x:Menu Item: Create Article/158/fr</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/158/fr&amp;diff=989790"/>
		<updated>2022-09-30T07:08:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Sélectionnez dans la liste déroulante.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/174/fr&amp;diff=989789</id>
		<title>Translations:Help4.x:Menu Item: Create Article/174/fr</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/174/fr&amp;diff=989789"/>
		<updated>2022-09-30T07:08:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: Created page with &amp;quot;Style du template&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Style du template&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/157/fr&amp;diff=989788</id>
		<title>Translations:Help4.x:Menu Item: Create Article/157/fr</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/157/fr&amp;diff=989788"/>
		<updated>2022-09-30T07:08:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Sélectionnez dans la liste déroulante.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/173/fr&amp;diff=989787</id>
		<title>Translations:Help4.x:Menu Item: Create Article/173/fr</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/173/fr&amp;diff=989787"/>
		<updated>2022-09-30T07:08:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: Created page with &amp;quot;Fenêtre cible&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Fenêtre cible&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/156/fr&amp;diff=989786</id>
		<title>Translations:Help4.x:Menu Item: Create Article/156/fr</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Translations:Help4.x:Menu_Item:_Create_Article/156/fr&amp;diff=989786"/>
		<updated>2022-09-30T07:07:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Franz.wohlkoenig: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;URL du lien de menu. Cette URL se créée automatiquement par le choix du type de lien et par ses paramètres. Ne peut être modifié et donné à titre d&#039;information.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Franz.wohlkoenig</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>